Author: Nguyễn Huyền

  • Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    TEST 1

     

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    1. Over the years, She (collect) thousands of stamps.
    1. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    2. We don’t enjoy (use) as cheap labour.
    3. I can’t help (feel) sorry for the hungry children. If only there (be) peace in the world.
    4. I am sure the letter won’t arrive in time unless it (send) by air
    5. The vase (break) when it (move) to the other room.
    6. I was just about (leave) the office when the phone rang.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. That company has 2000 …………                                                                     (employ)
    2. I don’t know why they call him a ………….                                                     (lie)
    3. The old hotel we used to stay at has been ………………..                                 (modern)
    4. Conservationists believe that we should preserve the ……rainforests in the world.                                                                                                                                                   ( tropic)
    5. The little village is very quiet and ………….at night.                                        (peace)
    6. Women nowadays have more ……….to participate in social activities            (free)
    7. The ………of the new guest caused trouble to my aunt.                                  (arrive)
    8. She cut herself and it’s ………..quite badly.                                                     (blood)
    9. His parents are very …………of him                                                                 (pride)
    10. Every week, there are two ………..from Ha Noi to Nha Trang.                      (fly)

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)………..the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of (2) ………… But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started (3) ………..two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4) ………..in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman (5) ……….California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6) …………..they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (7) …….. with  gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)…………; Levis began making his pants with blue cotton (9) …………called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) ………jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

    1. A. in B. on                           C. over                       D. above
    2. A. youth B. young                    C. younger                 D. youngest
    3. A. lots B. much                      C. most                       D. almost
    4. A. make B. makes                    C. making                   D. made
    5. A. in B. on                           C. at                           D. with
    6. A. Although B. But                                    C. Because                 D. So
    7. A. famous B. popular                  C. good                      D. wonderful
    8. A. late B. later                       C. latest                      D. last
    9. A. cloth B. clothing                 C. cloths                     D. clothes
    10. A. wear B. wearing                  C. wore                      D. worn

    Question 4: Choose the one sentence that has same meaning to the root one.

    1. Would you mind waiting outside the office?
      1. Did you wait outside the office?
      2. Did you see anyone waiting outside the office?
      3. Will you wait outside the office?
      4. Do you enjoy waiting outside the office?
    2. I used to go to the cinema on Saturdays .
      1. I usually went to the cinemal on Saturdays.
      2. I got used to going to the cinema on Saturdays.
      3.  I didn’t go to the cinema on Saturdays
      4. I usually go to the cinema on Saturdays.
    3. You feel unhealthy because you don’t take any exercise.
      1. if you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
      2. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
      3. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
      4. If you don’t take any exercise, you will feel unhealthy.
    4. “Do you know Trang’s address?” he asked me.
      1. He asked me for Trang’s address.
      2. He asked me if someone knew Trang’s address.
      3. He asked me if I know Trang’s address.
      4. He asked me if I knew Trang’s address.

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. If he would speak more slowly, I could understand him.
    2. Hoang has felt much better when he took the pill.
    3. Your  brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he?
    4. After living in London for two months, my brother got used to drive on the left.
    5. I suggested that you writing to them to accept their offer.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. Translate this article .. .. .. ..English for me, please.
    2. Donna is thinking of importing flowers …………Vietnam.
    3. They have only been there …………. a few minutes.
    4. The canoe overturned and everyone fell …………the deep water.
    5. I’ll come ……..to pick her ………..at 8 o’clock

    Question 6: Change the following sentences into reported speech.

    1. “Please call me at 6 o’clock tomorrow morning”, said Mai
    2. “Are you interested in this Language Center?” asked Lan
    3. “We will spend our holiday in Da Lat next month,” said Mrs Chi
    4. “What does your son want to learn?” the man said to Mr Linh.
    5. “You must come today,” Hoa said.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh keep forgetting is homework     à Vinh is …………………
    2. I would like you to help me put the chairs a way.à Do you mind…………….
    3. Please don’t make any noise; I’m very tired.  à I’d rather…………………….
    4. This is the best computer I have ever used.    à I have never………………….
    5. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the internet for ages.àIt’s ages………
    6. We haven’t seen her since we left university. à The last time……………………….
    7. Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure. àMy brother enjoys………………….
    8. Keeping the environment clean is very important.     à It’s……………
    9. Minh began to collect stamps in 2000                        à Minh has…………………….
    10. Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe’ corner          à How………………………………

    TEST 2

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. They (see) to go out three times a day.
    2. Passengers (travel) on this bus bought their tickets in books.
    3. Writing many letters (make) her happy.
    4. Do you hear someone (cry) softly in the next room?
    5. I (have) my house (paint) . That’s why there is all this mess.
    6. Either my sister or I ( be) going to visit our uncle.
    7. The Nile (flow) into Mediterranean.
    8. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ………..over a long distance.    (speak)
      2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s ………….                                                 (wise)
      3. The scouts do the …………….work                                                                   (volunteer)
      4. Nowadays, scouting is popular …………….                                                      (world)
      5. The scouts also help the ………….and street children,                                     (old)
      6. We’re very impressed by the ……….of your town’s people.                            (friend)
      7. I must clean this …………..floor.                                                                      ( dirt)
      8. It was …………not to write down the address.                                                            ( fool)
      9. Is it possible to ………between a hobby and an interest?                                (distinct)
      10. Thousands of people have been made……….by the war                                 (home)

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (a, b, c or d ) for each space

    There has been a revolution in the world of newspapers. Not many years ..1….., newspapers were being produced using techniques unchanged for ..2.. hundred years.

    The journalists gave their stories to a typist, who prepared them for an editor, who passed them on…3… the printer. The printer who was a ..4…. skilled man, set up the type.  ……5… was then collected to make the pages. When the pages were complete, the printing machines could be…6…….

    Nowadays what …7…..? The journalists type their stories into a computer. The …8 ….. checks their spelling, plans the page, shapes the articles. When the pages are ready, another computer may control the printing.

    ……..9.. can be no doubt about it., producing a newspaper in an entirely different ..10…….now

    1.a. before                   b. after                         c. ago                           d. yet

    2.a. a                            b. some                        c. an                             d. over

    3.a. to                          b. by                            c. through                    d. with

    4.a. hardly                   b. mostly                     c. partly                       d. very

    5.a. They                     b. Which                      c. This                          d. All

    6.a. switched               b. started                     c. stopped                    d. moved

    7.a. gives                     b. occurs                      c. goes                         d. happens

    8.a. computer              b. editor                       c. typist                       d. printer

    9.a. It                           b. There                       c. You                         d. We

    10.a. skill                     b. work                        c. management            d. business

    Question 4: a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. They make these artificial flowers of silk.
    1. He has spelt this word wrongly
    2. How do people learn English?
    3. Who looked after the children when you were away?
    4. They used to drink beer for breakfast in England years ago.
    1. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    1. “Listen to me and don’t make a noise,” said the teacher to his students.
    2. “I’m tired of eating fish ” said Mary to Helen.
    3. “Let me help you make the sandwiches,” Lan offered.
    4. “You must do your homework everyday,” said Mrs. Hoa to us.
    5. “There isn’t much rain in the south of the country,” said Peter.

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. Peter and Tom plays tennis every afternoon with Mary and me
    2. Rita enjoyed to be able to meet some of her old friends during her vacation.
    3. Because they had spent too many time considering the new contract, the students lost the opportunity to lease the apartment.
    4. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant.
    5. It spent a long time to travel to the skiing resort but in the end we got there.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. My parents are tired ……….living in the city.
    1. Jackson was late because he was not aware ……….the time
    2. Three prisoners escaped ………..the prison in May
    3. Measuring money must be very difficult to carry………..
    4. Take an umbrella with you. It will save you ……..getting wet on the way home.

    Question 6: a) Combine the sentences below, using the words in brackets.

    1. Mr. brown feeds the chicken. He collects their eggs. (not only……. but also)
    2. He didn’t say any word and left the house                (without)
    3. He had stolen a gold watch. He was sent to prison.   ( for)
    4. She came home early so that she might have plenty of time to cook dinner.( to )
    5.  Lan has a nice voice. Everybody likes it.       ( such …..that)

    b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.
    2. The noise / the traffic/ prevented /me/ go to sleep/
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. In my life/ I / never be/ Pac Bo Cave.
    3. It/ rain /./ I’d like / stay here / until / rain / stop.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. He said: “ We must have a party to celebrate this“               à        He said that ………………..
    2. I’m on the tenth page of the letter I’m writing            So far.            I ……………………..
    3. Minh last wrote to his pen pal five months ago.                     à Minh hasn’t ………………
    4. They usually wore jeans when they were young.                   à They used…………….
    5. We couldn’t go to school this morning because of the heavy rain.à Because ……………
    6. Practice speaking everyday or you can’t improve your English.  à If ……….
    1. Hard work is the secret of passing your exam So long as………………………..
    1. You do not have to pay for elementary  education in Viet Nam.

    Elementary  education ……………………….

    1. He was a fool to say that It is…………………………………..
    2. Living in the city is exciting Some people find …………………………

    TEST 3

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. It  is crucial that Dido (stop) using Quang Ha.
    2.  I will ring the bell one more. if he (not answer),I think he must( go) out
    3. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    4. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
    5. A great deal of time (be) spent for his exercise.
    6. We want (pay) better wages.
    7. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    8. You (stop) by a policeman if you (try) to cross the road now.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following passage.

    The families in our streets are slowly being driven mad by the …………..(1- refuse) of the inhabitants of No.13 to have any form of …………(2-communicate) with them. The trouble started over what is known as noise …………..( 3 – pollute). Every evening, the ………..(4- think) neighbours used to turn up the volume on the TV so loud that no one in the (5 – neighbour) was able to hear anything else. Not knowing what …………(6 – act) to take, local residents held a meeting to see if anyone had any …………(7 – suggest) as to how to deal with the problem. A decision was made to send a number of people to talk to the family in No. 13 and ask them …….

    ………….(8– polite) to turn their music down after six in the evening. Unfortunately, the visit did not turn out to  be …………(9 – succeed), as the inhabitants of No.13 refused to talk to them. So on the …………..(10 – advise) of local police, the matter is now in the hands of the court.

    Question 3:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    When you hear the word “bank”, what do you think of ? A ………(1) to put money? The land on the edge of a river? To depend on something or someone ? If you choose any of …..

    …………(2) things, you’re right. Why ? because words often have ………….(3) than one meaning. The tricky part is figuring out ………..(4) meaning is appropriate.

    Choosing the correct meaning of a word depends on ………….(5) things. First, it depends on the words and …………(6) surrounding your particular word. The other words and sentences give you context clues. ……………..(7), the meaning depends on how the word is …………(8) in the sentence. Is it a noun, a verb, …………….(9) adjective or part of a phrase? Knowing the word’s part of speech will …………..(10) you discover the word’s precise meaning.

     Question 4: Read the text then choose the correct answer

    Computing is now at the same stage as printing was when the first printing presses were used. Before printing presses were invented, only rich people like kings and dukes could afford to buy books. Often these people were unable to read and hadn’t enough time to learn. In any case, the books were so big that it was difficult for anyone to relax with a book as we do today. They wanted books because they were expensive and there was something magical about them. Only a few people were able to write, and it took an extremely long time to write a book. Monks and other people who could write said ordinary people could not learn to read.

    The position with computers in  very similar today. A few years ago, computers were very large and expensive. Business managers and rich people ordered them but they didn’t know how to use them. In many countries, however, the situation has now completely changed. Lots of people not only own microcomputers but also know how to use them.

    1. What happened before printing presses were invented ?
      1. Books were so big that people didn’t want to buy them.
      2. Only intelligent and rich people could read books.
      3. Only kings and dukes had enough money to buy books.
      4. All rich people bought books.
    2. Why were books wanted before printing presses were invented ?
      1. to show that the people who owned the books were rich and intelligent.
      2. to show that the people who owned the books could write.
      3. Because books were dear and magical.
      4. Because books showed that the person who owned them were magical people.
    3. What is the common feature of a book and a computer?
      1. They were only for intelligent people.
      2. They were too expensive to buy.
      3. They were large and expensive at first.
      4. Only people who could use them buy them.
    4. What situation has thoroughly changed nowadays?
      1. A lot of people are eager to buy computers
      2. A lot of computers are sold
      3. Even children can use a computer
      4. A person who buys a computer knows how to use it.

    Question 5:      a/ Each line in the following passage has a spare word; Underline that word and write it in the blanks given.

    BICYCLES

    The bicycle is a cheap and clean way to for travel . The first                         0/ …….for………..

    Bicycle was made in about one hundred and fifty years ago. At                  1/ …………………..

    First, bicycles were much expensive. Only rich people could                        2/ …………………..

    buy one. These early time bicycles looked very different from                      3/ …………………..

    the ones we have them today. Later, when bicycles became                                     4/…………………..

    cheaper, many lot people bought one. People started riding                          5/ …………………..

    bicycles to work and in their with free time. Today, people use                    6/ …………………..

    cars more than bicycles; cars are much more faster and you                          7/ …………………..

    don’t get wet when it start rains! But some people still prefer to                  8/ …………………..

    cycle to work . They say that there have are too many cars in                       9/ …………………..

    town centers and you can’t able find anywhere to park!                                10/ …………………

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. George fell ………….the bladder while he was painting the ceiling.
    2. We stopped everyone ……………..leaving the building.
    3. Admission ……………..university depends …………………examination results.
    4. Don’t use that dictionary. It is ………….date. Find one that is ……………….date.

    Question 6: Do as directed

    1. My friend had excellent ideas. He did a good job, too.

    (join into one sentence, using not only…..but…as well )

    1. His explanation is not clear. The examples he gives are not clear.

                ( join into one sentence, using  : neither……………nor)

    1. People say that the price of gold is going up. ( change into passive voice.)
    2. He asked me: “When will you give this book back to me?” ( change into Reported speech)
    3. Seldom did people travel far from home years ago. (Use the ordinary word order)
    4. He was given a gift. So were you. ( Join into one sentence, using “as well“)
    5. You may be intelligent, but you should be careful about this ( start with “No matter……..”
    6. He made a great discovery. He was very proud of it. ( Combine into one sentence)
    7. Lan found it difficult to accept the situation. ( rewrite with: difficulty)
    8. The farmers had applied new technology in their fields. The output of rice was raised.

    (Combine with: Thanks to ………..which…………)

     

    TEST 4

    Question 1:

    a-Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

    1. ( father to his children) : You may go out now but (be) sure (get)  back before

    it (get) dark.

    1. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.
    2. The vase (break) when it (move) to the other room.
    3. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    4. How you (get) on at school ?
    5. They wish it ( not  rain ) much in London.

                b/ Finish the following tag questions

    1. Nobody called on the phone, ……………?
    1. You have never been there, ………………?
    1. Everything is all right,…………………?
    2. Everyone took the test, …………………. ?

    Question 2: Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets.

    1. It is very …….. to live in a damp room.                                                           ( health )
    2. Many ………… families have to live in hostels.                                                ( home )
    3. Artists are ……… people.                                                                                 ( create )
    4. I ………..this morning, and was late for school                                                (sleep)
    5. We have a …………..newspaper                                                                       (week)
    6. A………..person is one who is kind.                                                                 (think)
    7. I had my trousers ………….because they were too short                                  (long)
    8. The knife may need ………….before it is used                                                 (sharp)

    Question 3     Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence.

    1. From now on , we won’t be able to go out as much as we ……..
    2. were             b. had                          c. used to                     d. will
    3. The new school opens ……….
    4. now             b. at once                     c. next week                d. day by day
    5. Sorry, I’m late, but I had a lot of …….. to do.
    6. job               b. work                        c. task                          d. labour
    7. When the police arrived, we were pleased to see ………
    8.   him             b. him or her                c. it                              d. them
    9. Nothing will prevent him …………….. succeeding

    a: in ;               b: at ;                           c: from ;                       d: on

    Question 4:

    • Fill in the blanks with the appropriate prepositions.
    1. Hue is famous ……………its historical vestiges.
    2. He got back home ……………school at 5 P.M.
    3. I cut the paper ……………..a pair of scissors.
    4. I put salt in my coffee…………….mistake.
    5. Have you got money ……….you?
    6. I borrowed some money …………my mother.

    b- Write sentences using suggested words.

    1. Please/ not go out / until / rain / stop.
    2. I / always / get on / first bus / and / arrive / school / 7.30
    3. I/ look forward / see/ you / soon.
    4. Mother/ used / getting / early / morning.
    5. Arrive/ Hanoi/ twenty minutes`time.

    Question 5 Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.

    1. John doesn’t always speak the truth, I’m afraid.

    You can’t …………………………………………….

    1. Your hair is long . You ought to get it cut.

    Your hair is long . It …………………………………

    1. Does this camera belong to you ?

    Do …………………………………

    1. I will call the police if you don’t leave me alone !

    Unless ……………………………………………..

    1. Couldn’t you find a better hotel ?

    Is this………………………….

    1. It took us 3 hours to open the door.

    We ………………………………………

    1. Mark is too young to get married.

    Mark is not …………………………..

    1. He never has enough money.

    He’s always ……………….

    1. He could not afford to buy the car.

    The car ………………………

    1. She knows a lot more about it than I do.

    I don’t know ………………..

    Câu 6: :  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

     

    Public transport in London is expensive. The fare (1)………..on the length of the journey; you can not buy books of tickets in advance. Children (2)……….sixteen pay half  and those under five travel free, you usually(3)………….bus tickets from a  conductor. But on some buses you pay the driver. Most London(4) ………..are double-deckers.

    On the (5)………railway (or tube) you buy your ticket from a (6)………..or ticket office, and give it up at the (7)……….of the journey. Not all trains from one (8)…………go to the same place, so watch the signs. The last train leaves at about 00.15.

    TEST 5

    Question 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

    1. The vase broke when it (move) to the other room.
    2. When I entered his room, I saw him ( sleep ) in a chair.
    3. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.
    4. why are you under the table?    You (look) for something?
    5. David (wash) his hands. He just (repair) the TV set
    6. The radio (play) since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.
    7. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    8. How you (get) on at school ?

    Question 2: Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets.

    1.  I had my trousers …….. (long) because they were too short.
    2. I believe you because you are ………. ( truth ).
    3. Young children are often very …….. ( live ) . They can’t sit still for a moment.
    4. A …….. ( think ) person is the one who is kind.
    5. I feel so ……….. ( sleep ) that I’m going to bed.
    6. The weather was terrible, so we had a very ………. ( please ) holiday.
    7. I spent my ……… (child) in the country.
    8.  The old couple have saved a lot of money for their………( retire   )

    Question 3:  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

    Population growth is a serious (1)………..around the world. At the beginning of the 20th (2)………..,there were about 1.5 billion (3)…….. in the world. In 1984 the world population (4)……….4.8 billion people. By the year 2000, ………..(5) Will be about 6.1 billion. This growth in population is not happening (6)………. For example in Europe the population is not growing at all .(7)………in these countries are smaller now. Only about 2.1 (8)………are born for every woman.

    Question 4: a)Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence.

    1. He spent all the money he had won …………. new clothes.

    A: on ;             B: for ;                         C: with  ;                     D: from

    1. It is getting cold. You’d better not ………….. without a coat.

    A: go out ;       B: to go out ;               C: going out;               D: have gone out

    1. Nothing will prevent him …………….. succeeding

    A: in ;             B: at ;                          C: from ;                      D: on

    1. The teacher with …………. we studied last year no longer teaches in our school.

    A: who ;          B: whom ;                   C: whose ;                   D: that

    1. They made me …………… on the floor.

    A: lie ;             B: to lie ;                     C: lying ;                     D: lay

    1. b) Give the noun form of the following words
    1. short proud                       5. arrive
    2. young speak

    Question 5:

    • Fill in the blanks with the appropriate prepositions.
    1. ………first I found the work very tiring, but ……….a few weeks I got used ………..it.
    2. Let’s look these new words ……………..in a dictionary.
    3. Have you said  congratulations …………….Jack?
    4. He was …….prison ………two years ……that time he became interested in pigeons.
    5. He’s tired ………..all the hard work he’s done to day
    1. b) Correct the grammar mistake in the following sentences
    1. I will have Mary to look after the garden
    2. We can speak and eat by our mouths
    3. I don’t know how many pupils are there in my school
    4. I am sitting among you and Lan
    5. I `d rather not to study Maths

    Question 6 Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.

    1. This is the best essay I have ever written.

    Never ………………………..

    1. There was no need for you to have gone to all that trouble.

    You ………………………………………………………

    1. There aren’t many people who have read this novel to the end but John is one of them.

    John is one of…………………..

    1. The food in France is famous.

    France is……………………

    1. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

    She left the room …

    1. If the work is finished by lunchtime you can go home.

    Get………………………………………………………..

    1. I will call the police if you don’t leave me alone !

    Unless ……………………………………………..

    1. It’s a pity I didn’t take my doctor’s advice.

    I wish …………………………………………………………………..

    1. I won’t go to bed. Peter will get home at midnight.

    …………………………………… until ………………………………

    1. I will pay you the money. I will get a job.

    ………………………………. as soon as …………………………..

    TEST 6

    Question 1:

    a- Supply the correct form of the verbs in parentheses:

    1. I don’t like dogs because I’m very afraid of ( bite )

    2.A: “You (know) the man for many years?”    B: yes, we (be) at school together.

    1. He (work) hard all the week, but today he (have) a good time.
    2. We (have) only bread and butter to eat with our tea as the other tourists (eat) all the sausage and cakes.
    3. I came to class when I ( enter ) the teacher ( finish ) going over the previous lesson and ( write ) something on the blackboard.

    b- Supply the correct form of the words in parentheses:

    1. Both Italians and Polish are famous for their …….( friend ) and good spirit.

    2I am looking for a …………. (suit)gift for an old lady

    1. India gained her ……..( depend ) from Britain after world war II.
    2. He was very ……………. (pride)of the work he had done
    3. I ……( sleep ) this morning , and was late for school.

    6.I am bored . I need some ………… ( excite)in my life.

    1. Young children are often very ……………(live)
    2. Unless you ……………. (apology) I wont forgive you.

    Question 2 : Supply the missing prepositions.

    1. Whom does she fall ……….love ………..?
    2. Bill is jealous ……….anyone who has something he hasn’t .
    3. I was ………….to go out when telephone rang
    4. Jim learns a lot ………..her brother, a well-known writer
    5. Have you got money ……….you?
    6. Please tell me …………once!
    7. May I introduce you …………Miss Brown?
    8. He was ill ………a week and ………..that week his wife never left his side.

    Question 3: Put one suitable word in each space.

    I’m a writer, and I work ……1……. home. It doesn’t particularly ……..2……. where my house is, as long as it is ……3……. nice house. But last year my wife ……..4….. a job in a different part of the country. So, we had to move. This was our first ……….5…….. of ……6……. one house and selling another at the same time. I wouldn’t like to do it again. We quickly saw the house ………7…….. we wanted. It was then that our problems began: The people who wanted to buy our house couldn’t sell ……..8……… and the man ……..9….. house we wanted couldn’t find a house he liked. It ……..10……… us nine months to buy the house. Now, I’m not sure if I like it.

    Question 4: Choose the best answer among a, b, c, or d.

    1. I’ve been looking for this book for months and ……. I found it.
    2. at last b. in time c. at the end                d. at present
    3. I was just ……… to go out when you telephoned.
    4. around b. about c. thinking                   d. planned
    5. Take this road and you will ……….. at the hotel in five minutes.
    6. arrive b. come c. find                          d. reach
    7. The train will be leaving in five minutes so you ……. better hurry up.
    8. had b. should c. will                          d. would
    9. They would ………… go by air than spend a week travelling by train.
    10. always b. rather c. prefer                       d. better
    11. I’d like to ………… a three – minute call to London.
    12. make b. phone c. set                            d. do
    13. ………. Your house painted last year ?
    14. did b. was c. had                          d. Have
    15. It’s an hour since he ……… , so he must be at the office now.
    16. is leaving b. was leaving c. has left d. left

    Question 5:

    1. Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.
    2. It was so late that nothing could be done

    It was too….

    1. Bill is going to write to me. I will tell you all his news

    ………………………………..when…………………………..

    1. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

    She left the room …

    1. Keeping calm is the secret of passing your driving test

    As long as ………………………………………

    1. They never made us do anything we didn’t want to do

    We …………………

    1. It ‘s a pity I didn’t take my doctor’s advice.

    I wish……………………………………………

    1. They made him wait for two hours.

    He was ………………………………….

    1. It took us 3 hours to open the door.

    We ………………………………………

    1. A train leaves at 7 o’clock every morning.

    There is ………………………………..

    1. During dinner, the phone rang.

    While I ………………………

    1. Change these sentences into passive voice
    2. I’ll ask some one to paint my house blue.
    3. I don’t like people laughing me at my mistake.
    4. Did anyone see you come in ?
    5. I want you to leave me alone.

    TEST 7

    Question 1: Complete this report, putting the verbs in the right tense.

    As I (1- get) ..… into my car my neighbour ( 2- shout) …… out of his front window and  (3- ask)…..… me where I (4 – go ) …..… . When I (5- tell) …… him I  (6- go ) …… to town he (7- ask )… if I (8- can)…… give him a lift into work.  He (9- be ) …… afraid he (10- be ) …… late for work because his car (11- break down )……  and it (12- not start ) …… . I explained that I (13- not go )…… into town but I (14- can ) …… give him a lift to the railway station.

    Question 2 : Fill in the blank with the right word or phrase.

    1. hurry, be in a hurry.
    2. Well, I can’t stay longer, I …… I’ve got much work to do.
    3. Don’t …… We’ve got half an hour left.
    4. Speak slowly. Don’t …… .
    5. I met him the other day but couldn’t speak with him as he …… somewhere.
    6. carry, take, bring
    7. …… your dictionaries to class tomorrow. We’ll do some translation.
    8. Will you …… these books back to the library. We don’t need them any longer.
    9. Help Lucy to …… these suitcases. They are very heavy.
    10. “Where is the article ?”

    “I’am  afraid, I haven’t …… it.”

    Question 3: Fill in the blank with  must, have to, or  be to.

    1. “It’s eight o’clock. The children ……. go to bed”, Mr Brown said to the nurse.
    2. He told me that I ……. learn by heart some twenty lines every day to know Enlish well.
    3. He ……. stay the night with us because he was missed the last bus.
    4. I ……. start on my new job on Monday.
    5. She …….. learn to do things for herself. I refuse to help her in future.
    6. He …….. stay the night with us and tomorrow he sets off on his tour to Europe.
    7. We …….. begin as early as possible or we shan’t finish it today.
    8. My mother says that I ……. not be out after 11 o’clock but I don’t have to hurry home because she herself is out playing bridge.
    9. My bike was under repair and I ………. collect it that afternoon.
    10. My bike is under repair and I ………. walk here this morning.

    Question 4: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to London before, were surprised …5… the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going down the moving stairs …6… lead to the platforms.

    One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden …7… the bright autunm sunshine. It was very quiet here. Only …8… noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …9… of the tall trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …10… about, sheep …11… eating the grass, there were …12… of flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …13… hobby was planes and boats, was very much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …14… the Pond.

    Before the end of the week they had seen a great …15… . They hoped, however, to see more of London on their next visit.

    Question 5: Read the text below then choose the right sentence  a, b, c or d.

    Baby

    It was a beautiful spring day: the sun was shining, the sky was blue. In the centre of London a policeman cried. He saw a man with a big lion. They were walking down the street.

    “Hey,you!” he said. “What are you doing here with this lion? You can’t walk around the streets with a lion. Take it to the Zoo !”

    “OK, officer. I want to show Baby the town.”

    The man opened the door of his car and the lion jumped in. The car went away.

    The next day the police officer saw the same man and the same lion again.

    “Hey, you!” he said.” Come over here! And bring that lion with you!”

    The man took the lion to the police officer.

    “What’s the problem, officer?”

    “Problem? I told you yesterday to take the lion to the Zoo!”

    “Oh, I did, officer, I took Baby to the Zoo. He enjoyed it very much. But today, I am taking him to the swimming pool !”

    1. a- It wasn’t raining that day.

    b- A policeman saw a man with a dog in the centre of New York.

    c- The man and his pet were walking along the park.

    d- The man didn’t have a car.

    1. a- The lion couldn’t get into the car, the lion was too big.

    b- The policeman took the lion to the Zoo and put the lion into the cage.

    c- The man showed his pet the Zoo.

    d- The policeman was happy to see a man with a lion in the centre of London.

    1. a- The man had a baby. It was a nice girl of three.

    b- Baby was the lion’s name.

    c- The policeman told the man to show Baby the town.

    d- The lion visited the London Zoo.

    1. a- The man could drive a car.

    b- The lion didn’t like the Zoo at all.

    c- The policeman took the lion to the swimming pool.

    1. The policeman met people with lions in London streets every day.
    2. a- The lion was the man’s pet.

    b- The man had a baby lion as a pet.

    c- The policeman showed the park and the school to the lion.

    d- When the policeman saw the man with the lion he got very hungry.

    Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.

    1. I was very interested in our conversation. It was interesting …………………..
    2. Why did you do that ? Whatever …………………………… ?
    3. These bookshelves are my own work. I made ………………………………
    4. I don’t play tennis as well as you do. You ………………………………….
    5. I haven’t been to the dentist’s for two years. It’s ………………………………………
    6. Whenever she went to Paris she bought a new dress. She never ………
    7. I spent seven years at secondary school and then I went to university.

    After ……………………………………………………………………..

    1. It’s not worth living to make her change her mind.

    There’s ………………………………………………

    TEST 8

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1.  a. stored                     b. ploughed                 c. laughed                    d. smiled
    2. a. name                        b. natural                     c. native                       d. nation
    3. a. blood                       b. food                                    c. moon                       d. pool
    4. a. both                         b. myth                        c. with                         d. sixth
    5. a. candy                       b. sandy                       c. many                        d. handy

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
    2. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    3. You (stop) by a policeman if you (try) to cross the road now.
    4. I was just about (leave) the office when the phone rang.
    5. I’d rather (live) in Ancient Greece than Ancient Rome
    6. Quick! There(be) an accident. Phone the hospital. The accident (happen) when that red car (shoot) out of the side street without warning.
    7. There (be) no guests at all since I left.
    8. This palace (say)(build) in three years.
    9. I know, but I can’t help ( have) a cup of tea after dinner. It is one of my greatest pleasures since I quit (smoke).
    10. By the end of this week my illness (cost) me $ 100

    Question 3: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. After the explosion, only two people were left …….                          (live)
    2. “Look after your mother”, were his …………words                             (die)
    3. ……..was one of three problems facing the Vietnamese government after the August Revolution in 1945.                                                                                                 ( literacy)
    4. She always listens…………to what she is told                                      (attention)
    5. She cut herself and it’s ………..quite badly.                                         (blood)
    6. Is it possible to ………between a hobby and an interest?                                (distinct)
    7. It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of ………………                                    (bore)
    8. On a ………..day we receive about fifty letters.                                              (type)
    9. Freedom of ………..is one of the fundamental rights.                         (speak)
    10. The duty of the police is the ………….of law and order.                                 (maintain)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. I’d like to stay ……. Sunday, if that’s OK.

    A- to                            B- by                           C- until                        D- at

    1. Have you had much experience ……… computers ?

    A- with                        B- in                            C- for                          D- about

    1. Andrew came to the party ………….he hadn’t been invited.
    1. although B. despite C. incase                      D. even
    1. PO box stands ………. “Post Office” box.
    1. as B. like C. for                           D. by
    2. It was Sunday ……………….. shop was open, all the others were closed.
    3. One B. a C. An                          D. Some
    1. He’s always telling …………lies.
    1. x B. a little C. a few                      D. the
    1. …………….are allowed in the city center.
    1. None cars B. No cars C. No of cars               D. no car
    1. I’ve told you time and time ……….not to leave the  door open.
    1. to B. over C. again                       D. before
    1. ……………happens, I shall stand by you.
    1. Whatever B. What C. Which                     D. That
    1. Don’t let a good chance go ………
    1. on B. off C. by                           D. over
    1. He was only nine, but he ate ………….his father did.
    1. much than B. more than that C. as much as              D. as much than
    1. Stop now! You’ve done …………..work for one day.
    1. too many B. plenty C. quite more              D. quite enough
    1. Let’s go for a walk, ………….we?
    1. will B. do C. shall                        D. must
    1. She can’t get home …………she has no money.
    1. unless B. if C. until                        D,. without
    1. The librarian went to look in the cupboard ………rare books are kept.
    1. which B. where C. that                         D. there

    Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    John Lennon was born in Livepool in 1940. He was always (1)…………. on music and played in pop groups (2)…………school and Art College. John got married (3)……………….. Cynthia in 1962 and they had a son, (4)………..name was Julian. At that (5)……….., John was member of a group (6) ………..”The Beatles”. Many beautiful songs (7)……….. written by John and wherever the group went, crowds of fans gathered to see them. They (8) ……………. scream and faint when “The Beatles” played, and lot of people (9)………..their hair cut in a Beatles styles. Soon everyone had heard of “The Beatles” and John was (10) ………..richer than he had ever been.

    Question 6: Read the passage and then answer the questions below.

    Alfred Bernard Nobel (1833 – 1896) a Swedish scientist was the first man to make dynamite. He allowed his invention to be used in peace. However, he saw it being used in war to destroy things, he was extremely unhappy. On his death, he left all his money to be spent upon a prize every year. The Nobel Prize is now one of the greatest prizes that a person can ever receive. It is given every year for the best work in one of the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Medicine; Literature and Peace. Some of the world’s greatest scientists are asked to choose who should be given the prizes.

      1. What was Nobel’s invention about?
      2. How was he when he knew his invention being used for bad purpose?
      3. Did he give all the money to his relatives on his death?
      4. What is his money used for?
      5. Can we choose who should be given the prizes? If not, who can?

    Question 7:

    1. a) Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it
    1. After George had returned to his house, he was reading a book

    A                       B            C           D

    1. George has not completed the assignment yet, and Maria hasn’t neither.

    A                                    B               C                                  D

    1. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework.

    A               B               C            D

    1. Nha Trang, that has a long beach, attracts many foreign visitors.

    A             B                     C                    D

    1. A new department store was building in our town last month

    A                              B                  C                                    D

    1. b) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
    1. He/ learn / English / two years now.
    2. cars/ buses/ move along/ slowly / because / weather / foggy.
    3. Nobody / predict/ what / happen.
    4. The noise / the traffic/ prevented /me/ go to sleep/
    5. since / beginning/ course / I / never/ be late / class.

    Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues

    1. He is on the fifteenth page of the report he’s typing.
    • So far he …………………………………………………………….
    1. My English friend finds using chopsticks difficult.
    • My English friend isn’t …………………………………………
    1. That car’s so expensive, I don’t think I can buy it.
    • It’s such ……………………………………………………………..
    1. I’ve never heard a more amusing story than this one.
    • This is ……………………………………………………………….
    1. I was on the point of leaving the house when the telephone rang.
    • I was ………………………………………………………………….
    1. I never intended to help such a man.
    • I never had ………………………………………………………….
    1. “I’ve seen the film three times, Mary”, said George.
    • George told ……………………………………………………..
    1. I don’t really like her, even though I admire her achievement.
    • Much …………………………………………………………………
    1. If people deliberately start a fire, they should be punished.
    • I think anyone ……………………………………………………
    1. I’d like to have more time to study, but I haven’t .
    • I wish ……………………………………………………………….

    TEST 9

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1.  a. helped                     b. booked                    c. hoped                      d. waited
    2. a. pays             b. stays                        c. says                          d. plays
    3. a. wants                       b. says                         c. looks                        d. laughs
    4. a. machine                   b. washing                   c. brush                        d. chin
    5. a. theme                       b. there                        c. thin                          d. thank

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. We don’t enjoy (use) as cheap labour.
    2. An eyewitness described how ten people (kill) in the fire.
    3. The radio (play) since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.
    4. (call), the milkmaid went to see the farmer.
    5. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu
    6. Don’t be upset. I (understand) perfectly
    7. He (work) on the report when you (arrive) this afternoon
    8.  I will ring the bell one more if he (not answer),I think he must( go) out
    9. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    10. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars
    11. It is difficult to get used to (eat) with chopsticks
    12. Listen to this ! I think this news (surprise) you.

    Question 3: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. He is looking …………..thinner                                                             ( appreciate)
    2. The water in this lake is rather ……………., like sea water.                  ( salt)
    3.  The………….of his wife was a great blow to him.                               ( lose)
    4. We’ll………..our room with some roses                                               (beauty)
    5. Trung’s sense of humor ……….him from other students.                     ( distinct)
    6. The homemade ice-cream ………..after it had been in the freezer for an hour. (hard)
    7. Where is the …………to his shopping centre?                                      (enter)
    8. There’s no easy ………….to this problem                                              (solve)
    9. Don’t be so………..; we’ve only been waiting for a few minutes.       (patient)
    10. In ancient Greece, the owl was a symbol of …………              (wise)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. the beautiful village is sheltered ………….the weather by the mountain.
    1. from B. by C. in                            D. of
    1. It is better to try to work ………..rather than against nature.
    1. for B. with C. by                           D. along
    1. My friend Nigel, ……….works in the city, earns much more than I do.
    1. that B. which C. who                        D. whose.
    1. My bag’s gone. I’ve been ………..
    1. stolen B. robbed C. kidnapped              D. thieved
    1. I’ll be there ……………I can.
    1. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as               D. soonest as.
    1. Listen carefully. I’m going to give you ……….advice.
    1. a few B. some C. few                         D. little
    1. Call an ambulance. There’s been ………………
    1. accident B. an accident C. some accident D. any accident
    1. ………….the time you get to the theatre, the play will have finished.
    1. Until B. In C. By                           D. On
    1. It was ………….hot day that we decided to leave work early.
    1. so B. such C. a so                         D. such a
    1. He seldom goes fishing, ……………….?
    1. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he                   D. isn’t he
    1. She spoke quietly to him …………nobody else could hear a word.
    1. because B. if C. although                 D. so that
    1. …………..weather ! We can’t go out for a walk now.
    1. How terrible B. What terrible C. How a terrible        D. What a terrible
    1. The articles …………. the magazine publishes are very scholarly.
    1. which B. of C. and                         D. in
    1. The manager ………. welcomed us to the hotel.

    A- themselves B- oneself                    C- himself                   D- itself

    1. This one is prettier, but it costs ……… as the other one.

    A- as much as  B- twice as much        C- as many                  D- twice as many

    Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    Most …1.. the addicts are men. They come home …2…… work, eat their meal quickly and then spend the evening ….3……. their computers. Some of them make programs, …4…… most of them just play games. Some wives say the computer is killing their marriage. Their husbands play until three…..5….four o’clock ….6…… the morning and all weekend. People call these lonely wives “computer widows”.

    When television became popular  …7…… the 1950s, doctors said it caused “television neck”, “TV eyes” and other new illnesses. Now it is the home computer. People say it causes headaches, backaches and makes their eyes tired. But worst ….8…… all, it is addictive. That means it is ..9…. drinking, smoking or taking drugs. Some people can’t stop …10…..it.

    Question 6: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    An important part of world history is the story of communication. In prehistoric times, for example, people did not have books. They did not know much about geography. People were limited. They knew only about themselves and their environment (the land around their homes). Their knowledge of geographical things like  mountains and rivers was limited. They did not travel very far. Sometimes they knew about nearby people and communicated with them. They sent messages in simple ways. Early signals  for communication included smoke from fires and the sounds of drums.

    Then people formed towns, and then cities, as safe places to live. Soon they began to develop other ways to communicate, to spread information. People began to buy and sell things to one another. Because of their business, they developed writing systems to keep records and to send messages. Life was changing for many people. Business caused changes, and so did the invention of the printing press. Many more people learned to read then.

    Suddenly communication and knowledge improved greatly. People sent letters and news by horse and carriage. Later the mail went by train and then by airplane. World communication was now a possibility.

    1. Prehistory was ………………….
      1. 200 years ago, when we had history books.
      2. many years ago, before history books were written.
      3. after the development of the printing press.
    2. People live in their …………………….
      1. horse carriage
      2. own environments.
      3. Businesses.
    3. Mountains and rivers are geographical things. So is ……………..
    1. smoke b. a drum c. the ocean
    1. Many more people learned to read …………..the invention of the printing press.
    1. during b. before c. after
    1. the main idea of the reading text
      1. An important part of world history is the story of communication.
      2. In prehistoric times, for example, people did not have books.
      3. Then people formed towns, and then cities, as safe places to live.

    Question 7:

    1. a) Choose the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it
    1. There’s a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn’t it?

    A    B                                       C           D

    1. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.

    A                 B                C                        D

    1. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness

    A                                             B                                 C                     D

    1. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

    A                              B                  C                                 D

    1. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday.

    A                       B                             C               D

    1. b) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. I/ wait/ half an hour/ but she/ not come.
    3. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
    4. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive.
    5. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.

    Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues

    1. Ann is good-looking and well-behaved.
    • Not only ……………………………………………..
    1. I think you should tell the police about the accident.
    • If I ……………………………………………………………..
    1. “Have you got any free time next week?” Mandy asked.
    • Mandy asked ……………………………………………………….
    1. She can’t have more children because of her age.
    • She is too ……………………………………………………………..
    1. The children’s singing was really beautiful.
    • The children sang …………………………………………….
    1. It’s a cross-country vehicle with five doors.
    • It’s a five …………………………………………………………
    1. I think that no city in the world is more beautiful than Paris.
    • I think Paris ……………………………………………………..
    1. The flight to Moscow lasted three and half hours.
    • It took…………………………………………………………
    1. Henry regretted buying the second-hand car.
    • Henrry wished………………………………………………
    1. I tried as hard as I could, but I just couldn’t get the money.
    • No matter ………………………………………………………

     

    TEST 10

    Question I:     Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1- A. town            B. how             C. grow                    D. cow

    2- A. exciting       B. bridge          C. combine              D.  die

    3- A. washed        B. worked        C. watched              D.  naked

    4- A. card              B. dark             C. adventure            D.  harvest

    5- A. notice          B. shopping        C. topic                    D.  crossing

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets

    1. His hair is short . He (have) a haircut.
    2. He said that he (see) that man before.
    3. If today (be) Sunday, we would go picnic.
    4. I hope the dog (feed) well.
    5. This house didn’t use to (paint) green.
    6. My father told me (not stay) up too late.
    7. She wishes she (not punish) tomorrow.
    8. The hotel we stayed at was quite good. The rooms (clean) everyday.
    9. When I  met him , he (talk) to his friends in the bookstore.
    10. I wonder why Mary(not invite) to the wedding party last night.
    11. It’s ages since I last (have) Chinese food.
    12. Don’t worry! the plane (land) in a moment.
    13. If I (tell) before, I would have come to your wedding.
    14. She gets used to (take) to the zoo on weekends.
    15. By the time you come home, I (finish) decorating our room.

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1-  This dictionary is not so big but it is  ……………….                              ( inform )

    2- She looks  ………………..  in her new dress.                                            ( attract )

    3- The ………………. have to cook rice in this contest.                                ( participate )

    4- Old people often have ………………………. in breathing.                         ( difficult )

    5- There were  two ……………… yesterday: Boxing and Swimming.          ( compete )

    6-  I don’t think she has the ………………. to do this work.                         ( able )

    7-  How …………………. of you to break that glass!                                     ( care )

    8-  Some of my ………… live in a village outside Thanh Hoa city.             ( relate )

    9-  The house is large but it is terribly   ……………….   to live in .              ( comfort)

    10-We should learn about keeping our environment  ………………. .           ( pollute )

    Question IV:  Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    Young generation is fond …………….. wearing Jeans.

    1. in B. at C. of                  D. on

    There is always ……………… traffic in the city centre at rush hours.

    1. strong B. full C. heavy            D. many

    How many people took part ………….. the contest?

    1. in B. from C. with               D. to

    I want to ask my parents ………………. some money.

    1. from B. for C. with                D. about

    You are very different …………………… your brother.

    1. to B. for C. with                D. from

    I am better ……………………  English than Nam.

    than        B. with          C. at                   D. for

    You will not pass the exam ……………………. working harder.

    1. unless B. if C. without            D. although

    It was raining very ……………………. so I had to wear my raincoat.

    1. wet B. badly C. hard                D.  heavy

    Mr Dung said he ………………………… 35 the following week.

    1. was B. is C. will be             D. would be

    10- Don’t let the good chance go …………………… .

    1. by B. on              C. over                 D. off

    11- I wish I …………………………… to him .Now it’s too late.

    1. listened B. has listened      C. had listened        D. would have listened

    12- In Britain, you’ll be given a key ……….. the door when you’re 21 years old.

    1. of B. for             C. to                    D. at

    13- The man …………….. our teacher is taking to is the headmaster of our school.

    1. who                B. which         C. whom            D. whose

    14- No one knows what is happening here …………….. Mary and Tom.

    1. and B. but             C. however        D. with

    15- What is ………….  ,a dog or a cat?

    1. intelligent B. more intelligent     C. as intelligent   D. the most intelligent

    Question V:      Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

    Dear Thuy,

    We are having an …….(1)….. time in Hoi An . The streets here are so ….(2)……  that cars are not allowed to the center of the …(3)…. .Therefore we have to ….(4)…… .The houses are very ….(5)….. but beautiful. However, I don’t like the way they do business here. It seems that every house has a shop to sell  ……..(6)…… and other stuffs. The people are very …..(7)…… and helpful. The food looks funny but it …..(8)…… quite nice. I haven’t ….(9)…… anything for you. But I will buy you some little ….(10)…… lanterns.

    See you next week.

    Love.

    Mathew.

    Question VI:    Read the paragraph. Then choose the best answer for each question.

    Christmas .

    Two popular traditions at Christmas are : decorating the home and singing the Christmas carols. The home is the center of the Christmas celebration. Inside, an evergreen tree is usually placed in the corner of the Living room. Children and their parents  wrap string of colorful lights around the tree, they hang ornaments on the branches . A star or angle often crowns the top. Careful- wrapped gifts are placed beneath. Outside, families often string lights around the windows and wind light around trees and shrubs in the front yard. As the families decorate their homes, they often put on Christmas record. Almost every family has at least one favorite album or compact disc. School children of all ages perform Christmas concerts for their parents and communities. On Christmas’ Eve, family members gather around Christmas tree to sing traditional songs Such as Jingle bells and Silent night and then give presents to each other.

    Questions.

    • What are the popular traditions at Christmas?
    1. a) Decorating the home. b) Singing Christmas carols.
    2. c) Eating Christmas pudding. d) a and b are correct.
    • Where is the evergreen put ?

    a)In the middle of the living room.                                c) In the middle of the bedroom.

    b)In the corner of the living room.                                 d) In the corner of the bedroom.

    • How do they decorate the Christmas tree?
    1. a) They wrap string of colorful lights around the tree. c) They crown a star on the top.
    2. b) They hang ornaments on branches d) a,b and c are correct.
    • What do the family members often do on Christmas’ Eve ?
    1. a) They gather around Christmas tree.
    2. b) They sing traditional songs.
    3. c) They gather around the tree, sing traditional song and get presents
    4. d) They give presents to each other.
    • What do they do as they decorate their home ?
    1. a) They sing traditional songs. c) They eat Christmas pudding.
    2. b) They put on Christmas record. d) a , b and c are correct.

    Question VII:

    • Each sentence has one mistake. Find and correct it.

    1- He usually works hardly.

    2- I wish it would stop to rain tomorrow.

    3- I am in class 9A ,  I   aren’t ?

    4- She has much money than I do.

    5- He advises me don’t get up late.

    • Complete the sentences with the words given.

    1- She/ say / enjoy / Vietnamese food / much.

    2- I / tell / him /the truth/ if / I / be / you.

    3- My father/ used to/ smoke / when/ he / young.

    4- Mai /bad / at/ Math/ than / Lan Anh.

    5- Hoa/ have / many/ books/ than/ her/ sister

    Question VIII:     Rewrite the following sentences so that they stay the same meaning.

    • It was a dirty house because we hadn’t clean it for weeks.

    – The house………………………………………………………………..

    • A painter painted our house last month

    – We…………………………………………………………………………

    • Have you ever driven this kind of car?

    – Do you…………………………………………………………………..?

    • Who wrote this story ?

    – By…………………………………………………………………………..?

    • They leave me alone at home at night. I’m afraid of this.

    – I am……………………………………………………………………….

    6- Tom is the best football player in his club.

    – No one……………………………………………………………………

    7- I have never seen a more beautiful house than this.

    -This……………………………………………………………………….

    8- Do you have to do your homework tonight?

    –  Does……………………………………………………………………?

    9- I don’t have a bigger problem than Listening.

    – My ……………………………………………………………………..

    10- Has anybody shown you what to do?

    –  Have you……………………………………………………………..?

    TEST 11

    Question I:     Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. few b. new                         c. threw                       d. knew
    2. nicest b. largest                      c. hottest                     d. best
    3. can b. cell                           c. call                           d. cold
    4. played b. cooked                    c. examined                 d. called
    5. eggs             b. floors                       c. books                       d. pens

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets

    1. Mr Brown  just ( finish) reading the letter when the telephone  on his desk ( ring)
    2. Those students who ( fail) the exam are going to take another one held in August
    3. Hurry up or you ( be) late for class.
    4. Hurry up or our favourite TV programme ( be) over long before we ( reach) home
    5. I  ( not have ) much time for entertainment  these days.
    6. Look! A man ( run) after the bus. He wants to catch it.
    7. We don’t  want to ( pay ) low wages.
    8. Two robbers ( put) in prison  escaped yesterday.
    9. It is 2 years since I ( last give) presents on Christmas day.
    10. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months
    11. If it ( be not) for your help, I could not have passed the exam.
    12. I wish they ( pass) their exam next year.
    13. Were you to have  a car what you ( do)?

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1. I believe you because I know you are … …( truth)
    2. The factory was …..so the management tried to cut cost by making some workers redundant. ( compete)
    3. The alpine ….is very dramatic. ( land)
    4. You can find out what a book is about by looking at its table of …..( contain)
    5. When Pele retired, it was a great ……to the Brazilian soccer. ( lose)
    6. It is really quite ….. that we should have been at the same college without having met before. ( ordinary)
    7. Leisure habits won’t change much in the … ( see)
    8. I don’t think Tom’s getting too much sleep lately. His eyes are terribly …. ( blood)
    9. All of his ….are about love. ( poet)
    10. The …..staff consists of ten experienced journalists. ( edit)

    Question IV:  Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    1. There was hardly ……money left in  my bank account.
    1. more b. no c. some                                    d. any
    1. You are .who noticed.
    1. the single b. the only c. only one                               d. the only one
    1. Their house is .. near the Cathedral .
    1. whereabouts b. anywhere c. somewhere                          d. anyplace
    1. The reason I left is .I was bored.
    1. why b. that c. while                                    d. for
    1. I will go on holiday ..I can.
    1. as soon as b. as c. until                                     d. how
    1. I am sorry I ……your party. I was away at the time.
    1. lost b. failed c. told                                      d. missed
    1. We ….her a happy birthday.
    1. wished b. said c. told                                      d. wanted
    1. Your room is a mess! ….it up at once.
    1. Arrange b. Make c. Tidy                                                 d. Do
    1. Could you ….me ten pounds until next payday?
    1. let b. provide c. borrow                                 d. lend
    1. Bill has ….his job and gone back to college.
    1. let off b. given up c. passed up                             d. withdrawn
    1. I wish to apply …..the post of surveyor with your company.
    1. in b. for c. to                                         d. with
    1. I came ….a reference to Makonde carving when I was an artist.
    1. across b. into c. over                                     d. for
    1. Does anyone know …..this hat might be?
    1. who b. whom c. whose                                  d. to whom
    1. The old lady was …..exhausted after the long walk.
    1. very b. absolutely c. pretty                                   d. fairly
    1. Nam’s brother does not work as a teacher, and she doesn’t …..
    1. either b. neither c. so                                         d. too

    Question V:                 A- Put one suitable word in the blanks.

    A popular theory  explaining the evolution ..1.. the universe is known as the Big Bang Model. According ..2.. the model, at some time between ten …3.. twenty billion years  ago, all present matter and energy were compressed into a small ball only a few kilometres  in diameter. It was, in effect, an atom …4… contained in the form of pure energy all of the components of the entire universe. Then, at a moment  5..time that astronomers refer to as T = 0, the ball exploded, hurling the energy …6…space. Expansion occurred. As the energy cooled, most …7….it became matter in the form of protons, neutrons and ….8…. These original particles ….9…to form hydrogen and helium, and continue to expand. Matter formed into galaxies with stars and …10.

    B/ Choose the best one.

    1/ Which sentence below best summarizes this passage?

    1. The Big Bang theory does not account for the evolution of the universe.
    2. According to the Big Bang Model, an explosion caused the formation of the
    3. The universe is made of hydrogen and helium.
    4. The universe is more than ten billion years old.

    2/ According  to the passage , when was the universe formed?

    1. Ten billion years ago.
    2. Fifteen billion years ago
    3. At T = 0
    4. Twenty billion years ago

    3/ The environment before the Big Bang is described as all of the following except

    1. compressed matter
    2. energy
    3. all the components of the universe
    4. protons, neutrons and electrons

    4/ The word compressed could best be replaced by.

    1. excited
    2. blanced
    3. reduced
    4. controlled

    5/ It may be inferred that

    1. energy and matter are the same.
    2. Protons, neutrons, and electrons are not matter
    3. Energy may be converted into matter
    4. The galaxies stopped expanding as energy cooled

    Question VI:

         A-  Find the mistakes and correct them in these sentences.

    1. His drawings are as perfect as his instructor.
    2. Although my mother never eats desert, I prefer something sweet.
    3. The price of oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?
    4. John lived in New York since 1960 to 1975, but now he is living in Detroit.
    5. We had better to review this chapter carefully because we will have some questions on it our test.

    B- Make up sentences with the words given.

    1. The hotter/it/miserable/feel./
    2. The sooner/medicine/better/feel/
    3. Lately/not work/hard/as/should/
    4. It/an hour/wash/his car./
    5. Nam/give/a book/ his / last birthday/

    Question VII:    Rewrite  the following sentences and the meaning stays the same.

    1. Your hair is long. You’d better have it cut.

    – Your hair …….

    1. Are you against working on Sunday?

    –  Do you object …..

    1. We looked for the letter everywhere but we didn’t find it.

    –  The letter was …..

    1. When I arrived in China. I wrote a letter home.

    –  On ……

    1. If you hadn’t helped him, he couldn’t have gained such maverllous result.

    –  But ……..

    1. If Nam arrived on time. We could start early.

    –  Were …….

    1. I haven’t seen my old school friend for 2 years.

    –  The last ……

    1. It’ll be necessary for her to give up her job soon.

    –  Soon she……..

    1. This event will always be remembered for the rest of our life.

    –  Never …….

    1. It was my first visit to North America.

    –  I ………

     

     

     

     

    TEST 12

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1.  A. needed                  B. worked                   C. stopped                   D. booked
    2. A. thick                       B. thorough                 C. healthy                    D. weather
    3. A. like                         B. lively                       C. live                          D. life
    4. A. cook                       B. blood                      C. school                     D. look
    5. A. feat                         B. great                       C. seat                         D. fear
    6. A. flame                      B. hate                         C. page                        D. adventure
    7. A. sugar                       B. settle                       C. surprise                   D. sentence
    8. A. helped                    B. liked                       C. watched                  D. hated.
    9. A. good                       B. book                       C. foot                         D. food
    10. A. lie                           B. height                     C. weight                    D. pie

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. There (be) no guests at all since I left.
    2. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    3. In a few minutes’time, When the clock (strike) six, I (wait) here for three hours
    4. She (sleep) for 10 hours! You must wake her
    5. By this time next year I (save) $ 250.
    6. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars
    7. The teller was made (lie) down on the floor
    8. Cattle ( allow) to graze on the village  common.
    9. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. He is ……….active in spite of his old age.                                                       ( wonder)
    2. ………….is a very serious problem in many countries                           (employ)
    3. He suffered from constant ……………..                                                            ( sleep)
    4. After the explosion, only two people were left …….                          (live)
    5. Her husband’s death made her life ………..                                                     (mean)
    6. There are more and more people concerning about ……….pollution   (environment)
    7. Is Buddhism the country’s ……….religion of Thailand?                                  (office)
    8. I watch the news everyday because it’s very ………..                          (inform)
    9. I try to speak clearly when I meet a …………                                       ( foreign)
    10. Many pupils at ……….school have already choosen a career.              ( second)

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    The country is (1)………….beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people think so, and go to the country (2) ………. the summer holiday though they can’t live (3) …………. all the year round. Some have cottage built in a village (4) ………. that they can go there whenever they (5) ……….find  the time.

    English villages are not alike, but (6)…………. some ways they are not very different from (7) ……………….other. Almost every village (8) ………..a church, the round or square tower of which can (9) …………seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church yard, (10)………. people are buried.

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the question below.

    Education in England

    Every child in Great Britain between the age of five and fifteen must attend school. There are three main types of educational institutions: primary (elementary) schools, secondary schools and universities.

    State schools are free, and attendance is compulsory. Morning school begins at nine o’clock and lasts until half past four. School is open  five days  a week. On Saturdays and Sundays there are no lessons. There are holidays at Christmas, Easter and in summer. In London as in all cities there are two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen: primary schools for boys and girls between the ages of five and eleven, and secondary schools for children from eleven to fifteen years.

    The lessons are reading, writing , the English language, English literatute, English history, geography, science, Nature study, drawing, painting, singing, woodwork and drill (physical training).

    1. What are three main types of educational institutions?
    2. What are the two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen?
    3. What subjects do children study at school?
    4. Are state schools free?
    5. When do pupils have holidays?

    Question 6:Choose the best answer

    1. Prevention is better than ……………
    2. treatment B. pills C. cure             D. doctors
    3. This device shows a similarity …………the one I have.
    4. of B. from C. to                            D. on
    5. Have you had much experience ……………computers?
    6. with B. for C. in                            D. about
    7. There is a possibility ………….rain tomorrow.
    8. for B. of C. in                            D. with
    9. Poverty and poor health often go hand ………..hand.
    10. in B. for C. on                           D. into
    11. ………………I get your car, I’ll leave.
    12. As soon as B. As though C. By the time D. Now that
    13. The picture …………Lawra painted is being shown in an exhibition.
    14. that B. which C. why                        D. who
    15. This is …………….man of all I’ve ever known.
    16. best B. better C. good                       D. the best
    17. Don’t ever do that again, ………………..?
    18. will you B. won’t you C. don’t you                D. do you
    19. If she talked less, people ……………her more.
    20. will like B. like C. Liked                      D. would like
    21. No one …………Kathy knows very much about it.
    22. and B. as C. but                          D. however
    23. It’s raining, ………………….I can’t go to the beach.
    24. so B. or C. but                          D. and
    25. ………………..is good news.
    26. Not news B. Nor news C. A news                   D. No news
    1. The puzzle had so ……….pieces that we couldn’t finish it.
    1. many B. much C. little                        D. few.
    1. London is …………..capital of England.
    1. an B. a C. the                          D.x

    Question 6: a)  Find out  the  spared word  in each sentence.

    1. Would you rather to stay with us for some days?
    2. The money was stolen never found.
    3. Water is too hot for us to drink it
    4. He didnt let me to get my book
    5. I want you to speak the Vietnamese.

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. I/ apologise/ him/ not able/ arrive/ on time.
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. In my life/ I / never be/ Pac Bo Cave.
    3. Difficult/ get/ touch/ manager/ company.
    4. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.

    Question8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Let’s go abroad for our holiday this year

    – Why ……………………………………….?

    1. He stole some money and was arrested for it

    – He was…………………………………………………

    1. “Have you done this sorts of work before” She asked me

    She asked me if………………………………….

    1. You’re the worst guitarist in the world.

    No one………………………………………………….

    1. Although the fish appears to be harmless, it is quite dangerous.

    Contrary………………………………………………..

    1. “You can leave early” Mr Minh said to Hai

    Mr Minh ……………………………………………….

    1. I have no advice, which I can offer you.

    I have no  ………………………………………………

    1. People did not discover AIDS until 1981.

    Not until………………………………………………..

    1. People think that the owner of that house is abroad

    The owner ……………………………….

    1. “ I think you should go by train, Peter” ,she said.

    She advised……………………….

     

    TEST 13

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. She felt that she (look) at.
    2. I can’t go out because I (not finish) my homework.
    3. If you kicked the policeman, you (arrest)
    4. All students objected to (do) that work.
    5. Trang isn’t  in her room at the moment. She (cook) in the kitchen.
    6. I can’t afford ( go) on holiday abroad this year.
    7. Passengers (travel) on this  bus bought their tickets in books.
    8. I (not use) the car this evening, so you can have it.

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. The child should be punished because of his bad ………..                   ( behave)
      2. The ………..in this town are very friendly                                            (reside)
      3. Every week, there are two ………..from Ha Noi to Nha Trang.          (fly)
      4. We’re very impressed by the ……….of your town’s people.                (friend)
      5. All the newspapers praised the ……….of the firemen                         (brave)
      6. It was …………not to write down the address.                                                ( fool)
      7. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s ………….                                     (wise)
      8. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ….over a long distance. (speak)

    Question:         a) Change the following sentences into reported speech

    1. “Do you live here?” Liz asked
    2. She said “He doesn’t buy this book.”
    3. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully.”
    4. “Don’t throw that bottle away. We can reuse it,” said Mr Cuong.
    5. “I don’t understand what you are saying.”Tom told us.
    6. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    1. Measuring money must be very difficult to carry………..
    2. In this respect, French differs ………….English
    3. I’ll come…………to pick her up at 8 o’clock.
    4. The passage is written …………..English .
    5. Mr Duc Thanh is thinking of exporting rice …………India.

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    If you live in a city, you probably see many people, hear the (1)…………of traffic, and smell the pollution (2)………cars and factories.

    We are entering a new time in (3) ……history of the world. Before this, most (4) ….. ….. were farmers. They lived in the country. Now many people are (5) …..the farms and moving into the cities. They are looking for better jobs. The cities are growing very quickly. Most cities are very crowded. People are driving more cars, burning more fuel, (6)…….more water, eating more food, making more garbage, and producing more things in factories than (7)……….before. Life is becoming difficult.

    Some governments are trying to plan for the future. They are building new roads, putting (8) ………new houses, looking for more water, and limiting growth in certain areas. Still, city planners are getting worried. People are crowding into the cities (9) …….  than cities can take them. The cities are running out (10)………room. What is the answer to this problem?

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamed covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into blood, and we may feel quite ill.

    How can we keep our teeth healthy?. Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check  that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.

    Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day- once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

    Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

    1. Good teeth help us to …………….
    1. be nice B. have a good eyesight.
    2. chew our food D. be important
    1. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth …………
    1. become hard B. begin to decay.
    2. send poison into the blood. D. makes us feel quite ill.
    1. A lot of people visit a dentist only when …………..
    1. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth
    2. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth.
    1. We ought to try clean our teeth ……………
    1. once a day B. at least twice a day
    2. between meals D. before breakfast.
    1. We shouldn’t eat a lot of ……………
    1. red rice B. fresh fruit
    2. fish D. chocolate.

    Question 6:     a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. This video film / be/so / interesting / I/ see/ twice/.
    2. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
    3. He / learn/ English / two years now.
    4. She /used/ stay / her uncle/ when / be / a child.

       b/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.

    1. The climate in Vietnam is different than that of England .
    2. The boys said they have to bring home medals.
    3. He has waited here for a quarter past six.
    4. Surface is many cheaper than airmail.
    1. The bicycle is such old that I don’t want to use it.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework à Vinh is……………………
    2. It’s a pity your friend isn’t at this party. à I wish ……………
    3. We started living here fifteen years ago. à We have ………………….
    4. Trung’s parents gave him a microcomputer on his birthday àTrung ………
    5. He has never played a computer game before. à This is ……………..
    6. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon. à Nga is looking………………
    7. He is too old to have more children. à He is so …………………………..
    8. “I’m very busy. I’ll ring you tomorrow,” Susan said to me. à Susan ………..
    9. Their teacher is making them to study hard.- They are …………
    10. This cheque has not been signed – No………………………………….

    TEST 14

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A. helped                    B. liked                       C. watched                  D. hated.
    2. A. laugh                      B. plough                    C. enough                    D. cough
    3. A. beds                        B. doors                      C. students                  D. plays
    4. A. but                          B.cut                           C.sun                           D.put
    5. A. candy                     B. sandy                      C. many                       D. handy

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. Over the years, he (collect) thousands of stamps.
    1. I’ ll never forget (see) her for the first time.
    2. It is difficult to get used to (eat) with chopsticks
    3. Would you like some coffee? I just (make) some.
    4. Look at those black clouds. It (rain)
    5. That house (rebuild) in 1996.
    6. This bike (use) for more than six years.
    7. He should know how (use) the lift, but if he doesn’t you’d better (show) him
    8. The kids (sleep) when the bell rang.
    9. Listen! The teacher (explain) the lesson.
    10. What about (play) basketball this afternoon?
    11. Mrs Lan (not be) in her room at the moment. She (cook) in the kitchen.

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. The …………students often play soccer or basketball.             ( energy)
    2. A fairy appeared and ……………..changed her old clothes.     ( magic)
    3. Her father soon died of a ……………heart                                            ( break)
    4. “The Lost Shoes” is one of the ………….stories I like best.      (tradition)
    5. Trung and his  brother like …………movie very much             (act)
    6. The song has ……….been selected for the Sea Games 22nd, Vietnam.          (office)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. He is looking forward to ………….to England .
    1. travel B. travelling C. be travelling            D. A and B
    1. Margaret is a good …………. He can type 60 words  per minute.
    1. typer B. type C. typist                      D. typewriter.
    1. …………..hot today.
    1. A sun B. The sun C. A sun’s                    D. The sun’s
    1. What is your teacher …………?
    1. like B.alike C. liking                      D. does like.
    1. A ……….is the person who sells flowers.
    1. florist B. chemist C. vendor                    D. chauffeur
    1. If you want to have a table made , you must call a ……….
    1. mechanic B. plumber C. carpenter                 D. fortune-teller
    1. My dress is very different ………..yours.
    1. with B. from C. as                            D. towards
    1. ……………..beautiful flowers!
    1. What a B. What C. How                       D. So
    1. ……………happens, I shall stand by you.
    1. Whatever B. What C. Which                     D. That
    1. Ha Noi is …………..capital of Vietnam.
    1. an B. a C. the                          D.x
    1. This town is not an interesting place to visit, so ………….tourists come here.
    1. a few B. few C. a little                     D. x
    1. Nobody is ready to go,…………………?
    1. isn’t he                  B. is he                        C. are they                   D. aren’t they
    1. He has little spare time.
    1. free B. occupied C. busy                        D. filled
    1. John’s a handsome guy.
    1. kind B. good C. good-looking          D. interesting
    1. I don’t like to work for my wife’s mother.
      1. mother of my wife                              B. mother of my wife’s
    1. mother-in-law D. mother of mine

    Question 5:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)………..the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of (2) ………… But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started (3) ………..two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4) ………..in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman (5) ……….California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6) …………..they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (7) …….. with  gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)…………; Levis began making his pants with blue cotton (9) …………called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) ………jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

    1. A. in B. on                           C. over                       D. above
    2. A. youth B. young                    C.  younger                D. youngest
    3. A. lots B. much                      C. most                       D. almost
    4. A.make B. makes                    C. making                   D. made
    5. A.in B. on                          C. at                           D. with
    6. A. Although B. But                                    C. Because                 D. So
    7. A. famous B. popular                  C. good                      D. wonderful
    8. A. late             B. later                       C. latest                      D. last
    9. A.cloth B. clothing                 C. cloths                     D. clothes
    10. A.wear B. wearing                  C. wore                      D. worn

    Question 6: Read the passage and answer the questions below.

    Alfred Bernard Nobel (1833 – 1896) a Swedish scientist was the first man to make dynamite. He allowed his invention to be used in peace. However, he saw it being used in war to destroy things, he was extremely unhappy. On his death, he left all his money to be spent upon a prize every year. The Nobel Prize is now one of the greatest prizes that a person can ever receive. It is given every year for the best work in one of the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Medicine; Literature and Peace. Some of the world’s greatest scientists are asked to choose who should be given the prizes.

    1. What was Nobel’s invention about?
    2. How was he when he knew his invention being used for bad purpose?
    3. Did he give all the money to his relatives on his death?
    4. What is his money used for?
    5. Can we choose who should be given the prizes? If not, who can?

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    2. I’d like to go out for dinner, but I don’t feel like to eat out tonight
    3. Would you mind to tell us about your trip to Ha noi?
    4. She wishes she is the most beautiful girl in the world.
    5. Sally said she will be a teacher someday
    6. My homevillage is on the west of the city.
    7. The children enjoyed to watch the performing lions

          b)Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.

    1. letter/ has/ the/ given / a / come/ and/ me/ postman/ just.
    2. get/ the/ comes/ train/ the / to/ we/ station/ will / before.
    3. it/ do/ him/ let/ alone.
    4. after/ football/ they/ play/ work/ do/ they / don’t /?
    5. c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    6. Try to learn the meaning of new words …………heart.
    7. The house is very dirty. We haven’t cleaned it ………ages.
    8. They are very proud ……….their new house.
    9. How ……….going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?
    10. It has rained ……….two o’clock.

    Question8: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. How excellent the girl is !                   à What ……………………………………………………
    1. It takes him about two hours each day to do his homework.

    à He spends………………………………

    1. Mr Binh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.

    à The stomachache prevented…..

    1. Let’s leave at the end of the next lecture.       à As soon as ………………………..
    1. Computers are used to design new models. à People ………………..
    1. The black car is cheaper than the red car.  à The red car…………………….
    1. They have decorated their house recently. à Their house………….
    2. Shall we go to the sports centre this weekend? à Why ………………………
    1. She wanted to know if he had studied French                       à She asked him: “…………………………..?”
    1. “I don’t behave very well in front of a crowd,” said Peter.

    à Peter………………

     

    TEST 15

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A. stored                     B. ploughed                C. laughed                   D. smiled
    2. A. name                       B. natural                    C. native                      D. nation
    3. A. blood                      B. food                        C. moon                      D. pool
    4. A. both                        B. myth                       C. with                        D. sixth
    5. A. wants                      B. says             C. looks                       D. laughs

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. She (have) a headache for several hours.
    2. I (watch) a cartoon movie on TV when you called last night.
    3. Mr Hai is having his car (wash) at the moment.
    4. Where’s Tom? He said he (be) here at 4 pm.
    5. If I (drink) so much coffee, I wouldn’t be able to sleep.
    6. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months
    7. I’m looking forward to (take) a vacation.
    8. I’m hungry because I( have) breakfast or lunch.
    9. I’d rather you (do) the test well.
    10. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. ……………, the step mother was very cruel to Little Pea.                                 ( fortunate)
      2. everyone was ………….at the soccer match.                                         (excite)
      3. Many rural areas in Vietnam have been ………..                                              (urban)
      4. Tim and Shanon want to visit an ………..institute in Vietnam                        ( ocean)
      5. Should English be a ………..foreign language in Viet Nam?               (compel)
      6. Trung’s sense of humor ……….him from other students.                                 ( distinct)
      7. He is looking …………..thinner                                                         ( appreciate)
      8. The ………sat there asking for money.                                                 ( beg)
      9. She got a………letter from her boss                                                                 ( person)
      10. We had to take out a ………from the bank to buy the car.                  ( lend)

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

                                                                                        Reading

    Who read ? All kind of people : the old, the …(1)……, everyone. And why do people read? For (2)……… variey of reasons. Some for pleasure, (3) ……..because they have to. And when do people (4) ………? Well sometimes not often, (5) ……….other people read all the time, day and (6)……….. But the most important question is what do (7)………..read? Adverts ? Stories ? Science books ? Maps ? It could (8) ……….anything ! Ask your family and friends all these (9)……….. Then make your own answers (10)…….who read, what , why , and where.

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the questions below.

    Fire was  very important to man . He needed fire to keep himself warm at night. He used fire to cook his food. He used fire to frighten away enemies and wild animals. In some parts of the world he used fire to signal messages. Red Indians, for example, used fire to make smoke signals. In some other countries people lit fire to warm their friends of danger. Fire was also used to give light. Before the invention of the oil lamp, men used burning sticks as torchs. And before man discovered gas and electricity, he hung small fires in wire baskets from posts to light the streets. One man even used fire to tell the time. He invented a candle clock. He made a candle that took exactly twelve hours to burn. Then he marked this candle in twelve equal parts. He lit the candle and could tell the time by counting the number of parts left of the burning candle. But the candle clock did not always work well. If there was a wind blowing on the candle, the flame burned too quickly.

    1. What did man probably first use fire for?
    2. For what purpose was fire used by red Indians?
    3. What were the first street lights?
    4. How long did the candle clock take to burn?
    5. What would happen if a wind blew on a candle clock?

    Question 6:Choose the best answer

    1. I want everybody to listen………..
    1. care B. careful C. careless                   D. carefully
    1. We feel very …………..today.
    1. happy B. happiness C. happily                    D. happen
    1. I’ve looked…………………… my pen everywhere and I can’t find it anywhere.
    1. at B. for C. up                           D. on
    1. Solar energy doesn’t cause ……………..
    1. pollution B. polluted C.pollute                     D. pollutant
    1. Where…………….you go if you have a car?
    1. would B. have C. will                         D. did
    2. Prevention is better than ……………
    3. treatment B. pills C. cure             D. doctors
    1. He is tired …………..he stayed up late watching TV.
    1. so B. because C. but                          D. and
    1. I suggest ……………..to the movies.
    1. going B. to go C. go                           D. went
    1. All the classes were ……………painted.
    1. bad B. badly C. worse                      D. good
    1. My parents saw me ………….at the railway station.
    1. in B. for C. up                           D. off
    1. He is the man …………..helped me yesterday.
    1. which B. who C. whom                     D. whose
    1. I’m very……………to hear that I will go to Da Lat tomorrow.
    1. excite B. excited C. excitedly                 D. exciting
    1. Nam put up the fence ………….prevent hens from going out.

    A.so                             B. so that                     C. in order to               D. because

    1. There are ……………many people in the cinema that I can’t see the film clearly.
    1. such B. so C. too                          D. enough
    2. ………………I get your car, I’ll leave.
    3. As soon as B. As though C. By the time D. Now that

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. We had better to review this chapter carefully because we will have some questions on it our test.
    2. Our teacher of physics would like us spending more time in the laboratory.
    3. If I was you, I would help him.
    4. Mr Nam is used to get up early in the morning.
    5. He died on lung cancer because he smoked a lot of cigarettes.

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
    2. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive.
    3. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.

    4- Mai /bad / at/ Math/ than / Lan Anh.

    5- Hoa/ have / many/ books/ than/ her/ sister

                c/ Change these sentences into passive voice.

    • Who wrote this book?
    • She likes me to write that report
    • The cook ought to have prepared it
    • it is your duty to do this work
    • someone saw him pick up the gun

    Question8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Thank you for your help!

    – It was ………………………………………

    1. “Don’t open the door please” said Mary.

    – Mary told ………………………………………

    1. Staying at home would be better than going out to night.

    – I’d rather………………………………………

    1. The last time it rained  here was a fortnight ago.

    – It ……………………………….

    1. He never has enough money.

    – He’s always………………………………………

    1. They said that Mr Tuan is a good teacher.

    – Mr Tuan ……………………..

    1. My French friend finds driving on the left difficult.

    –  My French friend isn’t ………………………………………..

    1. I think that no city in the world is more beautiful than Paris.

    – I think Paris ……………………………………………………..

    1. The flight to Moscow lasted three and half hours.

    – It took…………………………………………………………

    1. Rich as he was, he never helped the poor.

    – No………………………………………………………………

    TEST 16

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1. A. concerned               B. received                  C. attached                  D. concealed
    2. A. beds                        B. doors                      C. students                  D. plays
    3. A. sugar                       B. sister                       C. sign                         D. singer
    4. A. of                            B. cafe‘                        C. knife                       D. leaf
    5. A. leisure                     B. pressure                 C. treasure                   D. pleasure

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. Look at those black clouds. It (rain).
    2. There’s someone behind us. I think we (follow)
    3. He should know how (use) the lift, but if he doesn’t you’d better show him
    4. I (not use) the car this evening, so you can have it.
    5. It took us ages to get used to (live) in flats.
    6. I told my mother that I wanted to ( wake) up at 6.30
    7. They (practice) their music lesson at 7 o’clock last night.
    8. The Browns (travel) to Asia many times.
    9. Don’t worry. He (promise) to come if he (have) time.

    Question 3:     Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. Trung and his  brother like …………movie very much                                     (act)
      2. There wasn’t any …………in our village two years ago.                                   (electric)
      3. A fairy appeared and …………changed her old clothes.                                  ( magic)
      4. Let me get an ………form and we can fill out                                                 (apply)
      5. We had the phone ………..because we are moving tomorrow.                        (connect)
      6. We all have a …………..to our country                                                             (loyal)
      7. The company has over 300 stores …………….                                                  (nation)
      8. Librarians spend a lot of time …………..books                                                 (class)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. Don’t let a good chance go ……………
    2. on B. off C. by                           D. over
    3. Leave it ………………..it is.
    4. that B. as C. like                          D. so
    5. Stop now! You’ve done …………..work for one day.
    6. too many B. plenty C. quite more              D. quite enough
    7. Never ……………a gift horse in the mouth.
    8. feel B. catch C. hold                        D. look
    9. Give me a word …………………with S.
    10. beginning B. began C. begins                     D. begin
    11. He seldom goes fishing……………………?
    12. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he                   D. isn’t he
    13. …………….weather! We can’t go out for a walk now.
    14. How terrible B. What terrible C. How a terrible        D. What a terrible
    15. Not one of the students ……………the answer to that difficult problem.
    16. know B. knows C. is knowing              D. has known
    17. She spoke quietly to him …………….nobody else could hear a word.
    18. because B. if C. although D. so that
    19. If you want to …………..success in life, you have to work hard.
    20. achieve B. receive C. award D. earn
    21. A surgeon is a doctor who performs an operation.
    22. studies B. researchers C. is interested in        D. carries out
    23. We will wait until he shows up
    24. appears B. answers C. speaks                     D. finishes

    Question 5:   a) Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    According to the writer, the modern father looks after his children and helps in the house, even (1)…………… his wife does not goes out to work. The division (2)……………. the roles of the mother and the father is no (3)…………… very clear, and dad does (4)……………… share of child care: he can change the baby, dress the children or make the dinner. This new image of the father is, of (5)……………….., completely (6) ………………from the still traditional dad,(7)……………….. represents authority, is the head of the household (8)……………..makes all the “important” decisions. His wife is (9)…………………for the domestic side of family life while he (10)………………the one who advises or punishes as necessary.

    (if/though – between/of – longer/more – his/the – course – different – who – and – responsible – is/remains/stays)

    1. b) What do these sentences imply? A or B?
    2. I really appreciate your staying
    3. You’ve decided to stay.
    4. You might stay.
    5. Would you might if I opened the window?
    6. You have opened the window already.
    7. You haven’t opened the window yet.
    8. I have a report to write
    9. I’m going to write a report.
    10. Someone else already wrote the report.
    11. He eats his father’s salt.
    12. He lives together with his father.
    13. His father provides him with food and clothing.
    14. They are in the same boat.
    15. They are travelling by boat
    16. They have the same danger to face.

    Question 6:

        a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. Nobody has used this motor for a long time
    2. I think I should tell everybody about it
    3. you need not type this letter
    4. They began to build the house last year
    5. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    6. “If you want to learn English, I can help you,” John said
    7. “Do you live here?” Minh asked.
    8. “You must come today,” Hoa said.
    9. “What does your son want to learn?” the man said to Mr. Hai
    10. c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.
    11. The teacher divided the class …………..two groups
    12. Take an umbrella with you. It will save you ……….getting wet on the way home.
    13. We are all responsible ………………..keeping the environment clear and clean.
    14. Tuan’s parents was disappointed ……………him because he failed the final test.

        d/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
    2. My family used to be having dinner at 7 o’clock in the evening
    3. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend.
    4. No one came to the meeting last Saturday, didn’t he ?

        e/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. Life/Vietnam/ year 2100 / be/ very different / what / it / today.
    2. Football/seem/be/ popular /game/ England.
    3. It/ wrong/you/ not/ help / him/ studies.
    4. Catch/ many fish/ that/ couldn’t / count.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it.

    – The cake……………………………………………….

    1. When he is asked about his past, he hates it.

    – He hates………………………………………………..

    1. It was a two – hour flight from HaNoi to Ho Chi Minh City

    – It took…………………………………………..

    1. “Let’s use fewer plastic bags,” he said.

    – He suggested…………………………………

    1. Would you like me to finish the work tonight?

    – I’ll…………………………………………………

    1. After many years of hard working, he retired.

    – After he ………………………………………

    1. I’d rather read newspapers than watch TV.

    – I prefer………………………………………..

    1. Does your brother use the Internet everyday?

    – Your brother …………………………………

    1. I remember them taking me to a well-known theatre in the city.

    – I remember…………………………………….

    1. She said nothing, but stood looking at him.

    – Without …………………………………..

    TEST 17

    Question 1: (2,0 ms) Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. What you ( do ) after you ( go ) home yesterday?
    2. Before leaving home in the morning, she (tell) her mother she (work) in the factory that

    afternoon.

    1. I realised that someone ( steal ) my wallet when I ( feel ) his hand in my pocket.
    2. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu.
    3. Bill (have) breakfast when I (stop) at his house this morning.

    Question 2: (2,0 ms)

    a- (1,0 m)  In each sentence has one mistake, find and correct it.

    1. No matter how hard his life be, he is determined to study well.
    2. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant?
    3. Travelling by air is preferable than travelling by train.
    4. She is looking forward to go to Europe after she finishes her studies at the university.
    5. Sorry, I seem to have taken the wrong umbrella for mistake.

    b- (1,0 m)  Fill each blank with the appropriate form of the word given in brackets.

    1. Every year we celebrate our ……. . (depend)
    2. There’s no …… service in the United Kingdom.             ( nation)
    3. The temperature is very …….. at this time of the year. (vary)
    4. He gets very angry if you ……… with his ideas. (agree)
    5. She smiles so ……… , doesn’t she? (attract)

    Question 3:  (1,0m) Fill each of the blank  with the most suitable preposition.

    1. Students were angry ……. being treated like children.
    2. They export their products …. markets ….… the world.
    3. I am extremely grateful ….. all the teachers ….… their help.
    4. She went to London ……. the aim ….… finding a job.
    5. He’s sitting …….the chair .….… to the piano.
    6. She suffers ….… a lack of confidence.

    Question 4: (2,0 m)  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.

    Food plays an …1… part in the development of nations. In countries where food is ..2.., people have to spend most of their time getting enough to eat. This usually slows down ..3.., because men have little time to ….4…. to science, industry, government, and art. In nations where food is ….5…. and easy to get, men have more time to spend in activities that ….6…. to progress, and enjoyment of leisure. The problem of ……7…. good food for everybody has not yet been solved. Many wars have been ….8…. for food. But it is no longer necessary to go to war for food . Nations are beginning to put scientific knowledge to work for a …9… of their food problems. They work together in the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to help hungry nations …10… more food.

    Question 5: (1,0 m)  Read the text and choose the correct word for each space:                                        English   around the world

    English is the first language of many people in countries outside the United Kingdom.

    When you…1… speakers of English from around the world, you …2…. notice that they do not all speak in the same way. There are also some ……3…… in the words they use, including the names of …4…. objects that are part of everyone’s daily life. But although pronunciation and …5… are not the same everywhere, it is interesting that English speakers…6…. opposite sides of the world can understand …7… other quite easily. It does not seem to …8… where they learnt the language. And of course this is one reason why speakers of other languages are keen …9… learning English too. If you know English, you are more…10… to be able to study or work in all sorts of exciting places, such as the United States or Australia.

    1. A- recognise B- meet C- find D- attend
    2. A- originally B- strangely C- curiously D- immediately
    3. A- mistakes B- corrections C- changes D- differences
    4. A- common B- popular C- favourite D- general
    5. A- reading B- composition C- dictation D- vocabulary
    6. A- of B- in C- from D- at
    7. A- each B- one C- the D- some
    8. A- mine B- care C- matter D- worry
    9. A- by B- on C- to D- for
    10. A- likely B- probably C- possibly D- luckily

    Question 6:  (2,0 m)

    a- Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same

        as the sentence printed before it. (1,0m)

    1. I’m sure he was at home last night.

    He ……….

    1. Nam’s parents were here last week and gave us a present.

    Nam’s parents, ………

    1. Although Sue felt tired, she stayed up late talking to Jill.

    Despite ………..

    1. It was a hot day so we had lunch outside in the garden.

    It was such ……..

    1. I’ve been working for this company for ten years.

    I started ……

    b- Make one sentence from each group of sentences, beginning as shown. (1,0 m)

    1. I lent you a book. It was written by a friend of mine. She lives in France.

    The book I

    1. I used to own a dog. People came to the door. The dog never barked at them.

    The dog

    1. I bought my car from a woman. She lives in a house. You can see the house over

    there.

    The woman I

    1. My friend Bill has decided to buy a motor-bike. His car was stolen last week.

    My friend Bill, …

    1. I bought a new car. It cost me a lot of money.

    The new

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    KEY

     

    TEST 1

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. are always blaming
    2. has collected
    3. is greeting
    4. being used
    5. feeling – were
    6. is sent
    7. broke – was being moved.
    8. to leave

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. employees                                                       6.freedom
    2. liar                                                                   7.arrival
    3. modernized                                                     8. bleeding
    4. tropical                                                            9. proud
    5. peaceful                                                           10. flights

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    1. C 2. A 3. D     4.D      5.A      6. C     7. B     8. B     9. A     10. B

    Question 4: Choose the one sentence that has different meaning to the root one.

    1.C                  2.A                  3.A                  4.D

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakesand correct it.

    1. would speak à spoke             4. drive à driving
    2. when à since                         5. writing à (should) write
    3. doesn’t he à does he.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. into 2. from 3. for               4.into               5.over – up

    Question 6: Change the following sentences into reported speech.

    1. Mai asked (requested) to call her at 6 o’clock the next morning.
    2. Lan asked me if I was interested in that Language Center.
    3. Mrs Chi said they would spend their holiday in Da Lat the next month.
    4. The man asked Mr Linh what his son wanted to learn
    5. Hoa said we(I) had to come today.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
    2. Do you mind helping me put the chairs away?
    3. I’d rather you didn’t make any noise because I am tired.
    4. I have never used such a good computer/ I have never used a better computer than this.
    5. It’s ages since he last chatted with his classmates through the internet.
    6. The last time we saw her was when we left scool.
    7. My brother enjoys walking in the rain
    8. It’s very important to keep the environment clean.
    9. Minh has collected stamps since 2000.
    10. How about meeting inside the center, at the cafe’ corner.

    TEST 2

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. are seen                                   5. am having – painted
    2. travelling                                 6. am
    3. makes                                      7. flows
    4. crying                                      8. had – would lend

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. speech                                     6. friendliness
    2. wisdom                                   7. dirty
    3. voluntary                                 8. foolish
    4. worldwide                               9. distinguish
    5. elderly                         10. homeless

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (a, b, c or d ) for each space

    1. c 2.d 3.a       4.d       5. c      6. b      7. d                  8. a                  9.b       10. c

    Question 4: a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. These artificial flowers are made of silk
    2. This word has been spelt wrongly by him.
    3. How is English learnt?
    4. Whom were the children looked after when you were away by?
    5. Beer used to be drunk for breakfast in England years ago.
    1. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    1. The teacher asked his students to listen to him and not to make a noise.
    2. Mary said to Helen that she was tired of eating fish.
    3. Lan offered to help me make the sandwiches.
    4. Mrs Hoa said we had

    TEST 3

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. should stop                                          5. is
    2. doesn’t answer- have gone      6. to be paid
    3. were having                                         7. is blaming
    4. was rescued                                         8. will be stopped – try

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following passage.

    1. refusal 2. communication 3. pollution      4.thoughtless               5. neighborhood
    2. action 7.suggestions 8. politly          9.successful                 10. advice

    Question 3:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. place 2.these 3.more 4.which` 5.two               6. sentences
    2. Second/Secondly 8. used 9. an 10. help

    Question 4:      Read the following passage and choose the best answer : a, b,c or d.

    1.c       2.c       3.c       4.d

    Question 5:      a/ Each line in the following passage has a spare word; Underline that word and write it in the blanks given.

    1. in 2. much 3. time 4. them            5. lot    6. with
    2. more 8. start 9. have 10. able

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. off 2. from 3. to – on          4.out of – up to

    Question 6: Do as directed

    1. My friend not only had excellent ideas but did a good job as well.
    2. Neither his explanation nor the examples he gives are clear.
    3. It is said that the price of gold is going up( the price of gold is said to be going up)
    4. He asked me when I would give that book to him.
    5. People seldom travelled far from home years ago.
    6. He as well as you was given a gift.
    7. No matter how intelligent you may be, you should be careful about this.
    8. He was very proud of making a great discovery.
    9. Lan had difficulty in accepting the situation.
    10. Thanks to new technology which the farmers had applied in their fields, the output of rice was raised.

    TEST 4

    Question1:       a) (10 points)

    1. be – to get – gets
    2. had – would lend
    3. broke – was being moved
    4. is greeting
    5. are you getting ?
    6. didn’t rain
    1. b) (4 points)
    1. …………, did they?
    2. …………, have you?
    3. …………, isn’t it ?
    4. …………, didn’t they?

    Question 2: (8 points)

    1. unhealthful
    2. homeless
    3. creative
    4. overslept
    5. weekly
    6. thoughtful
    7. lengthened
    8. sharpening

    Question 3: ( 5 points)

    1. c: used to
    2. c: next week
    3. b: work
    4. d: them
    5. c: from

    Question 4:      a) ( 6 points)

    1. for
    2. from
    3. with
    4. by
    5. with
    6. from
    1. b) (5 points)
    1. Please don’t go out until the rain stops.
    2. I always get on the first bus and arrive at school at 7.30.
    3. I look forward to seeing you soon. (Or  I’m looking forward to seeing you soon)
    4. My mother is used to getting up early in the morning.
    5. we’ll arrive in Ha Noi in twenty minutes’time.

    Question 5: (10 points)

    1. You can’t believe John because he doesn’t always speak the truth(or he never speaks the truth)
    2. Your hair is long. It ought to be cut.
    3. Do you own this camera?
    4. Unless you leave me alone, I will call the police.
    5. Is this the best hotel you could find?
    6. We spent 3 hours opening the door.
    7. Mark isn’t old enough to get married.
    8. He is always short of money.
    9. The car was too expensive for him to buy

    ( Or The car was so expensive that he couldn’t buy it)

    1. I don’t know about it as/so much as she (does)

    Question 6: (8 points)

    1. depends
    2. under
    3. buy
    4. buses
    5. underground
    6. machine
    7. end
    8. flatform.

     

    TEST 5

    Question 1 (10 points)

    1. was being moved                                            5. is washing – has just repaired
    2. sleeping                                                           6. has been playing
    3. had – would lend                                             7. is greeting
    4. are you looking …..?                                        8. are you getting …?

    Question 2: ( 8 points)

    1. lengthened                                                      5. sleepy
    2. truthful                                                                        6. unpleasant
    3. lively                                                               7. childhood
    4. thoughtful                                                       8. retirement

    Question 3: (8 points)

    1. problem                                                           5. It
    2. century                                                                        6. everywhere
    3. people                                                              7. families
    4. was                                                                  8. children

    Question 4:

    1. (5 points) b) (5 points)
    1. A: on                                                               1. shortage
    2. A: go out                                                         2. youth
    3. C: from                                                            3. pride
    4. B: whom                                                         4. speech
    5. A: lie                                                               5. arrival

    Question 5:

    1. (9 points) b) (5 points)
    1. At – in – to                                                       1. to look à look
    2. up                                                                    2. by à with
    3. on                                                                    3. are there à there are..
    4. in – for – during                                               4. among à between
    5. from                                                                5. to study à study

    Question 6 ( 10 points)

    1. Never have I written such a good essay before.
    2. You didn’t need to go  to all trouble.
    3. John is one of people who has read this novel  to the end.
    4. France is famous for (its) food.
    5. She left the room without saying a word ( any words)
    6. Get the work finished by lunch time and you can go home
    7.  Unless you leave me alone, I’ll call the police
    8. I wish I had taken/ followed my doctor’s advice.
    9. I won’t go to bed untill Peter  gets  home at midnight.
    10. I’ll pay you the money as soos as I get a job.

    TEST 6

    Question1:       a) (10 points)

    1. being bitten had – had eaten
    2. Have you known ? – were entered – had finished – was  writing.
    3. has been working – is having
    4. b) ( 8 points)
    5. friendship overslept
    6. suitable excitement
    7. independence lively
    8. proud apologize

    Question 2 ( 10 points)

    1. in – with with
    2. of at
    3. about to
    4. from for – during

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. at experience                                       9. whose
    2. matter buying                                             10. took.
    3. a that/which
    4. got/had theirs

    Question 4: (8 points)

    1. a : at last b: rather
    2. b: about a: make
    3. a: arrive b: Was
    4. a: had d: left

    Question 5:                  a- (10 points)

    1. It was too late for anything to be done.
    2. She left the room without saying a word .
    3. I will tell you all Bill’s news when he writes to me.
    4. As long as you are calm ( you keep calm) , you’ll pass your driving test.
    5. We were never made to do anything we didn’t want to do.
    6. I wish I had taken my doctor’s advice
    7. He was made to wait for two hours.
    8. We spent 3 hours opening the door.
    9. There is a 7 o’clock everymorning
    10. While I was having dinner the telephone rang.

    b- (4 points)

    1. I’ll have my house painted blue.
    2. I don’t like being laughed my bicycle.
    3. Were you seen to come in?
    4. I want to left alone.

     

    TEST 7

    Question1: ( 14 points)

    1. was getting 6. was going                11. had broken down
    2. shouted                   7. asked                       12. would not start
    3. asked 8. could 13. was not going
    4. was going 9. was 14. could
    5. told 10. was

    Question 2: ( 8 points)

    1. a- am in a hurry c- hurry

    b- hurry                                   d- hurried

    1. a- bring c- carry

    b- bring                                    d- taken

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. must 2. had to 3. has to           4. am to           5. must
    2. is to 7. must 8. must            9. was to          10. have to

    Question 4: ( 15 points)

    1. spent 6. which 11. were
    2. possible 7. in 12. lots
    3. the 8. the 13. whose
    4. who 9. leaves                                  14. on
    5. at (by) 10. flying 15. deal

    Question 5: ( 5 points)

    1- a                  2- c                  3- b                  4- a                  5- a

    Question 6: ( 8 points)

    1. It was interesting to talk to you.
    2. Whatever did you do that for ?
    3. I made these bookshelves myself.
    4. You play tennis better than I do.
    5. It’s two years since I went to the dentist’s.
    6. She never went to Paris without buying a new dress.
    7. After having spent seven years at secondary school I went to university.
    8. There’s no need to make her change her mind.

    TEST  8

    Question1: ( 5points)

    1. c: laughed
    2. b: natural
    3. a: blood
    4. c: with
    5. c: many

    Question 2: (15 points)

    1. was rescued                             6. has been – happened – shot
    2. are always blaming                  7. have been
    3. will be stopped – try                8. is said – to have been built
    4. to leave                                    9. having – smoking
    5. have lived                                10. will have cost

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. alive                                         6. distinguish
    2. dying                                       7. boredom
    3. illiteracy                                  8. typical
    4. attentively                               9. speech
    5. bleeding                                  10. maintenance/maintaining

    Question 4: (15 points)

    1. C : until                                   6. A: x                                     11.C : as much as
    2. A : with                                   7. B : No cars                          12.D : quite enough
    3. A : although                            8. C : again                              13.C : shall
    4. C : for                                      9. A : Whatever                       14.B : if
    5. A : One                                   10. C : by                                15. B : where

    Question 5:(10 points)

    1. keen                                         6. called
    2. at                                             7. were
    3. to                                             8. would
    4. whose                                      9. had/got
    5. time                                         10. much/far/a lot

    Question 6: ( 5 points)

    1. It was about dynamite
    2. He was very unhappy.
    3. No,he didn’t .
    4. (his money is now used) for the best working one of the following subjects: physics, chemistry, medicine, literature and peace.
    5. No, we can’t. Some of the world’s greatest scientists.

    Question 7: ( 10 points)

    a)(5 points)

    1. D à read
    2. D à either
    3. B à no “but”
    4. A à which
    5. C à built

     

    1. b) ( 5 points)
    1. He has been learning English for two years now.
    2. Cars and buses were moving along slowly because the weather was foggy.
    3. Nobody can predict what will happen.
    4. The noise of the traffic prevented me from going to sleep.
    5. Since the beginning of the course, I have never been late for class.

    Question 8:  (10 points)

    1. So far he has typed fifteen pages of the report.
    2. My English friend isn’t used to using chopsticks.
    3. It’s such an expensive car that I don’t think I can buy it.
    4. This is the most amusing story that I’ve ever heard.
    5. I was about to leave the house when the telephone rang.
    6. I never had (any) intention of helping / to help such a man.
    7. George told Mary that he had seen the film three times.
    8. Much as I admire her achievement, I don’t really like her.
    9. I think anyone who starts a fire should be punished.
    10. I wish I had more time to study.

    TEST 9

    Question1: ( 5points)

    1. d:waited 2.c: says 3. b: says                     4. d: chin         5. b: there

    Question 2: (15 points)

    1. being used                                           7. will be working- arrive
    2. had been killed                                    8. doesn’t answer – have gone
    3. has been playing                                  9. were having
    4. being called                                         10. paying
    5. should have been – has gone   11. eating
    6. understand                                          12. surprise

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. appreciatively                          6. hardened
    2. salty                                                     7. entrance
    3. loss                                                      8. solution
    4. beautify                                               9. impatient
    5. distinguishes                                       10. wisdom

    Question 4: (15 points)

    1. A: from                       6.B : some                               11. D: so that
    2. B: with                                    7. B : an accident                    12. B: What terrible
    3. C : who                       8. C: by                                   13. A: which
    4. B : robbed                   9. D : such a                            14. C: himself
    5. C : as soon as              10. C: does he                         15. B : twice as much

    Question 5:(10 points)

    1. of                                 6. in
    2. from                            7. in
    3. on                                8. of
    4. but                               9. like
    5. or                                 10. doing

    Question 6: ( 5 points)

    1. b
    2. b
    3. c
    4. c
    5. a

    Question 7: ( 10 points)

    a)(5 points)

    1.  D à Isn’t there?
    2.  D  à doesn’t either
    3.  C  à because of
    4.  D  à seriously
    5.  B   à look after
    1. b) ( 5 points)
    1. Look! The sun is setting behind the mountains.
    2. I have been waiting for her for half an hour but she hasn’t come (yet).
    3. If I were him , I would choose English to learn.
    4. In the end, I decided not to buy that(the) dictionary because it was too expensive.
    5. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.

    Question 8:  (10 points)

    1. Not only is Ann good looking, (but) she is also well-behaved.
    2. If I were you, I would tell the police about the accident.
    3. Mary asked if I had got any free time the following week/ a week after
    4. She is too old to have more children.
    5. The children sang really beautifully.
    6. It’s a five door/doored cross-country vehicle
    7. I think Paris is the most beautiful city in the world.
    8. It took three and half hours to fly to Moscow.
    9. Henry wished he had not bought the second hand car.
    10. No matter how hard I tried, I couldn’t get the money.

    TEST 10

    Question I:    Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in

                            each group

    1- C. grow          2-B. bridge   3- D. naked         4- C. adventure   5- A. notice

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

    • has had 6- not to stay                      11- had
    • had seen 7- wouldn’t be punished    12-will land
    • were                    8- were cleaned                  13- had been told
    • will be fed 9-  was talking                    14- being taken

    5- be painted             10- wasn’t invited               15-will have finished

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    • informative 6- ability
    • attractive 7- careless
    • participants 8- relatives
    • difficulty 9- uncomfortable

    5- competitions             10- unpolluted

    Question IV:    Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.

    1-  C. of                           6- C. at                    11- C. had listened

    2-  C.heavy                     7- C. without           12- C. to

    3-  A. in                           8- C. hard                13- C. whom

    4-  B. for                          9- D. would be        14- B. but

    5-  D. from                      10-  A. by                15- B. more intelligent

    Question V:      Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

    • excellent(interesting) 6- souvernirs
    • narrow 7- friendly
    • town 8- tastes
    • walk 9- bought
    • old 10-colorful

    Question VI:    Read the paragraph. Then choose the best answer for each question.

     

    • d 2- b         3- d         4- c               5- b

     Question VII:

    a-Each sentence has one mistake. Find and correct it.

    1- hardly         –>     hard.

    2- to rain         –>     raining

    3- I   aren’t ?   –>     aren’t I ?

    4-  much.         –>     more

    5- don’t get     –>     not to get

    b-  Complete the sentences with the words given.

    1- She said she enjoyed Vietnamese food very much.

    2- I would tell him the truth if I were you.

    3- My father used to smoke when he was young.

    4- Mai is worse at Math than Lan Anh.

    5-Hoa has more books than her sister.

    Question VIII:     Rewrite the following sentences so that they stay the same meaning.

    • The house was dirty it hadn’t been cleaned for weeks by us.
    • We had our house painted last month/ We had a painter paint our house last month
    • Do you have any experience of driving this kind of car?
    • By whom was this story written ?
    • I am afraid of being left alone at home at night.
    • No one in Tom’s football club is a better football player than him.
    • This is the most beautiful house I have ever seen.
    • Does your homework have to be done by you tonight ?
    • My biggest problem is Listening / Listening is my biggest problem.
    • Have you been shown what to do ?

    TEST 11

    Question I:    Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in  each group

    1. c
    2. d
    3. b
    4. b
    5. c

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

    1. had just finished/ rang
    2. failed
    3. will be
    4. will have been/ reach
    5. haven’t had
    6. is running
    7. be paid
    8. put
    9. was last given
    10. has been done
    11. hadn’t been
    12. would pass
    13. would you  do

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1. truthful
    2. incompetitive
    3. landscape
    4. contents
    5. loss
    6. extraordinary
    7. foreseeable
    8. blood – shot(bloody)
    9. poems
    10. editorial

    Question IV:    Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    1. d
    2. d
    3. c
    4. b
    5. a
    6. d
    7. a
    8. c
    9. d
    10. b
    11. b
    12. a
    13. c
    14. b
    15. a

    Question V:                 A- Put one suitable word in the blanks.

    1. of
    2. to
    3. and
    4. that
    5. in
    6. into
    7. of
    8. electrons
    9. combined
    10. planets

    B/ Choose the best one.

    1. b
    2. c
    3. d
    4. c
    5. a

    Question VI:

    A-  Find the mistakes and correct them in these sentences.

    1.  his instructor              – his instructor’s
    2. desert                          – dessert
    3. wasn’t it ?                   – didn’t it
    4. since                            – from
    5. had better to review    – had better review

    B- Make up sentences with the words given.

    1. The hotter it is, the more miserable I feel.
    2. The sooner you take medicine, the better you feel.
    3. Lately, you haven’t worked as you should.
    4. It took him an hour to wash his car .
    5. Nam was given a book on his last birthday.

    Question VII:    Rewrite  the following sentences and the meaning stays the same.

    1. Your hair needs cutting, it is too long.
    2. Do you object to working on Sunday?
    3. The letter was found nowhere.
    4. On arriving in China, I wrote  a letter home.
    5. But for your help, he couldn’t have gained such marvelous result.
    6. Were Nam to arrive on time, we could start early.
    7. The last time I saw my old school friend was 2 years ago.
    8. Soon she should give up her job.
    9. Never will we forget this event for the rest of our life.
    10. I have never been to North America

    TEST 12

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A                     4. B                             7.A                              10. C
    2. D                     5. B                             8. D
    3. C                     6.D                              9. D /fu:d/

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. have been                                                        6. paying
    2. were having                                                     7. to lie
    3. strikes – will have been waiting                       8. are allowed
    4. has been sleeping                                            9. has been done
    5. will have saved

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. wonderfully                                                    6. environmental
    2. unemployment                                                            7. official
    3. sleeplessness                                                    8. informative
    4. alive                                                                 9. foreigner
    5. meaningless                                                     10. secondary

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. more                2. for               3. there            4. so                 5. can
    1. in 7. each 8. has               9. be                10. where

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the question below.

    1. Primary schools, secondary schools and universities
    2. The two grade of state schools are primary schools and secondary schools.
    3. Reading, writing, English language, English literature, English history, geography, science, nature study, drawing, painting, singing, woodwork and drill.
    4. Yes, they are.
    5. At Christmas, Easter and summer.

    Question 6: Choose the best answer

    1. C         4. B                 7. B                 10. D                           13. D
    2. C         5. A                 8. D                 11. C                           14. A
    3. A         6. A                 9. A                 12. A                           15. C

    Question 6: a)  Find out  the  spared word  in each sentence.

    1. to         2. was              3. it                  4. to                 5. the

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. I apologized to him for not being able to arrive on time.
    2. Look! The sun is setting behind the mountains.
    3. In my life, I have never been to Pac Bo Cave.
    4. It’s difficult to get in touch with the manager of the company.
    5. My uncle has given up smoking for one year.

    Question 8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Why don’t we go abroad for our holiday this year?
    2. He was arrested for stealing (having stolen) some money.
    3. She asked me if I had done that sort of work before.
    4. No one in the world plays guitar as badly as you do(worse than you do)
    5. Contrary to the (its) harmless appearance, the fish is quite dangerous.
    6. Mr Minh let Hai leave early.
    7. I have no advice to offer you.
    8. Not until 1981 did people discover AIDS.
    9. The owner of that house is thought to be abroad.
    10. She advised Peter to go by train

    TEST 13

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. was being looked                                5. is cooking
    2. haven’t finished                                   6. to go
    3. would be arrested                               7. travelling
    4. doing                                                   8. am not using

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. behaviour /behavior                             5. bravery
    2. residents                                              6. foolish
    3. flights                                                  7. wisdom
    4. friendliness                                          8. speech

    Question 3:      a) Change the following sentences into reported speech

    1. Liz asked me if / whether I lived there.
    2. She said (that) he didn’t buy that book
    3. The teacher said/required (that) all the work had to/must be done carefully.
    4. Mr Cuong told/asked us/me not to throw that bottle away (because) they could reuse it.
    5. Tom told us that he didn’t understand what we were saying.
    1. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    1. out                   2. to                 3. over                         4. in                 5. to

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. noise                                                    6. using
    2. from                                                    7. ever
    3. the                                                       8. up
    4. people                                                  9. faster
    5. leaving                                                 10. of

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    1. C 2. B                             3.C                  4. B                             5.D

    Question 6:     a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
    2. It is difficult to learn English without a good dictionary.
    3. He has been learning/ has learnt English for 2 years now.
    4. She used to study with her uncle when she was a child.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
    2. I wish your friend were at the party.
    3. We have lived/have been living here for 15 years.(since 15 years ago)
    4. Trung was given a microcomputer on his birthday.
    5. This is the first time he has played a computer game.
    6. Nga is looking forward to meeting her aunt again.
    7. He is so old that he can’t have more children.
    8. Susan said to me that she was very busy so she would ring me the following/next day.
    9. They are being made to study hard by their teacher.
    10. No one has signed this cheque.

    TEST 14

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. D 2. B 3. C                 4. D                 5. C

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. has collected                   5. is going to rain                9. were sleeping
    2. seeing                              6. was rebuilt                       10. is explaining
    3. eating                              7. has been used                  11. playing
    4. have(just) made              8. to use – show                    12. isn’t (is not) – is cooking

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. energetic                                  4. traditional
    2. magically                                 5. action
    3. broken                         6. officially

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

     

    1. B
    2. C
    3. D
    4. A
    5. A
    1. C
    2. B
    3. B
    4. A
    5. C
    1. B
    2. C
    3. A
    4. C
    5. C

    Question 5:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    1. C
    2. A
    3. D
    4. D
    5. A
    1. C
    2.  B
    3. B
    4. A
    5. B

     

    Question 6: Read the passage and answer the questions below.

    1. It was about dynamite
    2. He was very unhappy.
    3. No, he didn’t .
    4. (his money is now used) for the best working one of the following subjects: physics, chemistry, medicine, literature and peace.
    5. No, we can’t. Some of the world’s greatest scientists.

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. to eat à eating
    2. to tell à telling
    3. is à were
    4. will à would
    5. on à to
    6. to watch à watching

                           

                            b)Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.

    1. The postman has just come and given me a letter.
    2. We will get to the station before the train comes.
    3. Let him do it alone.
    4. They play football after work, don’t they?
    1.  c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    2. by 2. for 3. of                 4. about                       5. since

    Question 8: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. What an excellent girl !
    2. He spends two hours each day doing his homework.
    3. The stomachache prevented Mr Binh from enjoying the meal.
    4. As soon as the next lecture ends, we will leave.
    5. People use computers to design new models.
    6. The red car is more expensive than the black car.
    7. Their house has been decorated recently.
    8. Why don’t we go to the sports centre this weekend?
    9. She asked him: “Have you studied French?” (did you study French?)
    10. Peter said he didn’t behave very well in front of a crowd.

    TEST 15

    Question 1: (5 points) Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. C 2. B 3. A                 4. C                 5. B

    Question 2: ( 10 points) Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. has had                                    6. has been done
    2. was watching              7. taking
    3. washed                                    8. haven’t had
    4. would be                                 9. did
    5. drank                                       10. paying

    Question 3: (10 points)Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. unfortunately                          6. distinguishes
    2. excited                                                7. appreciatively
    3. urbanized                                            8. beggar
    4. oceanic                                                9. personal
    5. compulsory                                          10 .loan

    Question 4: (10 points)  Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. young                                      6. night
    2. a                                              7. people
    3. others                                      8. be
    4. read                                         9. questions
    5. but                                           10. of

    Question 5:  (5 points)Read the text then answer the question below.

    1. to keep himself warm at night.
    2. to make smoke signals
    3. small fires hung in wire baskets from post.
    4. 12 hours.
    5. the clock would be slow.

    Question 6: (15 points) Choose the best answer

    1. D                     4.A                  7. B                 10. D               13. C
    2. A                     5.C                  8. A                 11. B               14. B
    3. B                     6.C                  9. B                 12. B               15. A

    Question 7:

    1. a) (5 points) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. to review à review
    2. spending à to spend
    3. was à were
    4. get à getting
    5. on à of

    b/ (5 points) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. If I were him, I would choose English to learn.
    2. In the end, I decided not to buy that dictionary because it was too expensive.
    3. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
    4. Mai is worse at Math than Lan (is)
    5. Hoa has more books than her sister (does)

                c/ (5 points)Change these sentences into passive voice.

    1. By whom was this book written?
    2. She likes that report to be written by me.
    3. We enjoy the letters being written.
    4. You are supposed to do this work.
    5. He was seen to pick up the gun.

    Question 8 : (10 points)following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. it was very kind of you to help me.
    2. Mary told me/us not to open the door.
    3. I’d rather stay at home than go out tonight.
    4. It hasn’t rained here for a fortnight.
    5. He’s always short/lack of money( he’s always broke)
    6. Mr Tuan was said to be a good teacher.
    7. My french friend isn’t used to driving on the left.
    8. I think Paris is the most beautiful city in the world.
    9. It took three and half hours to fly to Moscow.
    10. No matter how rich he was, he never helped the poor.

    TEST  16

    Question 1: (5 points)

    1. C 2. C                 3. A                 4. A                 5. B

    Question 2: (10 points)

    1. is going to rain 6. be woken
    2. are being followed 7. were practicing
    3. to use 8. have travelled
    4. am not using 9. has promised – has
    5. living

    Question 3: (8 points)

    1. action 5. disconnected
    2. electricity 6. loyalty
    3. magically 7. nationwide
    4. application 8. classifying

    Question 4: (12 points)

    1. C 5. A 9.   D
    2. B 6. C 10. A
    3. D 7. B 11. D
    4. D 8. A 12. A

    Question 5: (15 points)           a) (10 points)Fill in the gaps

    1. if/though 5. course 9. responsible
    2. between/of 6. different 10. is/remains/stays
    3. longer/more 7. who
    4. his/the 8. and
    1. b) (5points)What do these sentences imply?
    2. A 2. B                 3. A                 4. B                 5. B

    Question 6: (20points)            a) change into passive voice.

    1. This motor hasn’t been used for a long time.
    2. I think everybody should be told about it.
    3. This letter neednot be typed.
    4. The house began to be built last year.
    5. b) Change into reported speech.
    6. John told me that if I wanted to learn English, he could help me.
    7. Minh asked me if/whether I lived there.
    8. Hoa told me that I must/had to come that day.
    9. The man asked Mr Hai what his son wanted to learn.
    10. c) Fill a suitable preposition
    11. into from                        3. for               4. in

    d)Correct mistakes

    1. taking correct à to take
    2. used to be having correct à used to have

    à is used to having

    1. can correct à could
    2. didn’t he correct à did they
    3. e) Sentence building
    4. Life in Vietnam in the year 2100 will be very different from what it is today.
    5. Football seems to the most popular game in England.
    6. It’s wrong of you not to help him with his studies.
    7. They caught so many fish that they couldn’t count.

    Question7:  ( 10 points) Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. The cake was so hard that I couldn’t eat it.

    ( the cake was too hard for me to eat)

    1. He hates being asked about his past.
    2. It took two hours to fly from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City.

    (It took two hours)to get/go/travel from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City by air/plane)

    1. He suggested using fewer plastic bags.
    2. I’ll finish the work tonight if you like.
    3. After he had worked hard for many years, he retired.

    7.I prefer reading newspapers to watching TV.

    1. Your brother uses the Internet everyday, doesn’t he?
    2. I remember being taken to a well-known theatre in the city.
    3. Without saying anything, she stood looking at him.

     

    TEST  17

    Question 1

    1. did you do / had gone
    2. told / would work
    3. was stealing / felt
    4. should have been / has gone
    5. was having / stopped

    Question 2

    a-

    1. be –> is
    2. Could –> Would
    3. than –> to
    4. go –> going
    5. for –> by

    b- ( 1,0

    1. independence
    2. national
    3. variable
    4. disagree
    5. attractively

    Question 3: ( 1,0

    1. at
    2. to… .throughout
    3. to …for
    4. with …of
    5. on… next
    6. from

    Question 4: ( 2,0

    1. important 6. lead
    2. scarce 7. providing
    3. progress 8. fought
    4. devote 9. solution
    5. plentiful 10. produce

    Question 5: ( 1,0)

    1- B                2- D                 3- D                 4- A                   5- D

    6- C                 7- A                 8- C                 9- B                 10- A

    Question 6: ( 2,0

    a-

    1. –>He must have been at home last night.

    2.–>Nam’s parents, who were here last week, gave us a present.

    3.–>Despite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill.

    4.–>It was such a hot day that we had lunch outside in the garden.

    5.–>I started working for this company ten years ago.

    1. –> The book I lent you was written by a friend of mine who lives in France.

    2.–> The dog I used to own never barked at people who came to the door.

    1. –> The woman I bought my car from lives in the house you can see over there.
    2. –> My friend Bill, whose car was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motor-bike.

    5.–> The new car I bought cost me a lot of money.

  • CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10

    CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10

    CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10

    CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10

    (Dành tặng cho các em học sinh lớp 9 đang chuẩn bị ôn thi vào lớp 10 không chuyên)

    Bài 1

    Cho hình thang cân ABCD (AB > CD, AB // CD) nội tiếp trong đường tròn (O). Kẻ các tiếp tuyến với đường tròn (O) tại A và D chúng cắt nhau ở E. Gọi M là giao điểm của hai đường chéo AC và BD.

    1. Chứng minh tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.
    2. Chứng minh AB // EM.
    3. Đường thẳng EM cắt cạnh bên AD và BC của hình thang lần lượt ở H và K.

    Chứng minh M là trung điểm HK.

    1. Chứng minh

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT (hình 01)

    1. Chứng minh tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp.

    Ta có : sđ  (góc tạo bởi tia tiếp tuyến AE

    và dây AC của đường tròn (O))

    Tương tự: sđ  (Dx là tia đối của tia tiếp tuyến DE)

    Mà AC = BD (do ABCD là hình thang cân) nên . Do đó .

    Vậy tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. Chứng minh AB // EM.

    Tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp nên  (cùng chắn cung ED). Mà  (góc tạo bởi tia tiếp tuyến và dây cung với góc nội tiếp cùng chắn cung AD).

    Suy ra: . Do đó EM // AB.

    1. Chứng minh M là trung điểm HK.

    có HM // AB .  có MK // AB . Mà  (định lí Ta let cho hình thang ABCD). Nên . Do đó MH = MK. Vậy M là trung điểm HK.

    1. Chứng minh .

    Áp dụng hệ quả định lí Ta let cho  tam giác ADB  có HM // AB ta được:

    (1). Áp dụng hệ quả định lí Ta let cho  tam giác BCD  có KM // CD ta được: (2). Cộng (1) và (2) vế theo vế ta được: . Suy ra: , mà MH = MK nên 2HM = 2KM = HK.   Do đó: . Suy ra:  (đpcm).

    Lời bàn:

    1. Do AC = BD nên để chứng minh tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp ta sử dụng phương pháp: Nếu tứ giác có góc ngoài tại một đỉnh bằng góc đối của đỉnh của đỉnh đó thì tứ giác đó nội tiếp. Với cách suy nghĩ trên chỉ cần vẽ tia Dx là tia đối của tia tiếp tuyến DE thì bài toán giải quyết được dễ dàng. Có thể chứng minh tứ giác AEDM nội tiếp bằng cách chứng minh khác được không? (phần này dành cho các em suy nghĩ nhé)
    2. Câu 3 có còn cách chứng minh nào khác không? Có đấy. Thử chứng minh tam giác AHM và tam giác BKM bằng nhau từ đó suy ra đpcm.
    3. Câu 4 là bài toán quen thuộc ở lớp 8 phải không các em? Do đó khi học toán các em cần chú ý các bài tập quen thuộc nhé. Tuy vậy câu này vẫn còn một cách giải nữa đó. Em thử nghĩ xem?

    Bài 2

    Cho nửa đường tròn (O) đường kính AB= 2R, dây cung AC. Gọi M là điểm chính giữa cung AC. Đường thẳng kẻ từ C song song với BM cắt tia AM ở K và cắt tia OM ở D. OD cắt AC tại H.

    1. Chứng minh tứ giác CKMH nội tiếp.
    2. Chứng minh CD = MB và DM = CB.
    3. Xác định vị trí điểm C trên nửa đường tròn (O) để AD là tiếp tuyến của nửa đường tròn.
    4. Trong trường hợp AD là tiếp tuyến cửa nửa đường tròn (O), tính diện tích phần tam giác ADC ở ngoài đường tròn (O) theo R.

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

    1. Chứng minh tứ giác CKMH nội tiếp.

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn đường kính AB) . Mà CD // BM (gt) nên AM  CD . Vậy .

    (gt) .

    Tứ giác CKMH có nên nội tiếp được

    trong một đường tròn.

    1. Chứng minh CD = MB và DM = CB.

    Ta có: (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn)                                 Hình 2

    Do đó: DM // CB, mà CD // MB(gt) nên tứ giác CDMB là hình bình hành. Suy ra: CD = MB và DM = CB.

    1. Xác định vị trí điểm C trên nửa đường tròn (O) để AD là tiếp tuyến của nửa đường tròn.

    AD là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O) . có AK  CD và DH  AC nên M là trực tâm tam giác . Suy ra: CM  AD.

    Vậy   CM // AB .

    Mà  nên  = 600.

    1. Tính diện tích phần tam giác ADC ở ngoài (O) theo R:

    Gọi S là diện tích phần tam giác ADC ở ngoài

    đường tròn (O). S1 là diện tích tứ giác AOCD.

    S2 là diện tích hình quạt góc ở tâm AOC.

    Ta có: S = S1 – S2                                                                               hình 3

    Tính S1:

    AD là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O) .

    Do đó: AD = AO. tg 600 =   SADO = .

    (c.g.c)  SAOD = SCOD  SAOCD = 2 SADO = 2.  = .

    Tính S2:    S quạt AOC = = .

    Tính S: S = S1 – S2 =   –  = =  (đvdt) .

    Lời bàn:

    1. Rõ ràng câu 1, hình vẽ gợi ý cho ta cách chứng minh các góc H và K là những góc vuông, và để có được góc K vuông ta chỉ cần chỉ ra MB AM và CD// MB. Điều đó suy ra từ hệ quả của góc nội tiếp và giả thiết CD // MB. Góc H vuông

    được suy từ kết quả của bài số 14 trang 72 SGK toán 9 tập 2. Các em lưu ý các bài tập này được vận dụng vào việc giải các bài tập khác nhé.

    1. Không cần phải bàn, kết luận gợi liền cách chứng minh phải không các em?
    2. Rõ ràng đây là câu hỏi khó đối với một số em, kể cả khi hiểu rồi vẫn không biết giải như thế nào , có nhiều em may mắn hơn vẽ ngẫu nhiên lại rơi đúng vào hình 3 ở trên từ đó nghĩ ngay được vị trí điểm C trên nửa đường tròn. Khi gặp loại toán này đòi hỏi phải tư duy cao hơn. Thông thường nghĩ nếu có kết quả của bài toán thì sẽ xảy ra điều gì ? Kết hợp với các giả thiết và các kết quả từ các câu trên ta tìm được lời giải của bài toán . Với bài tập trên phát hiện M là trực tâm của tam giác không phải là khó, tuy nhiên cần kết hợp với bài tập 13 trang 72 sách Toán 9T2 và giả thiết M là điểm chính giữa cung AC ta tìm được vị trí của C ngay.

    Với cách trình bày dưới mệnh đề “khi và chỉ khi” kết hợp với suy luận cho ta lời giải chặt chẽ hơn. Em vẫn có thể viết lời giải cách khác bằng cách đưa ra nhận định trước rồi chứng minh với nhận định đó thì có kết quả , tuy nhiên phải trình bày phần đảo: Điểm C nằm trên nửa đường tròn mà thì AD là tiếp tuyến. Chứng minh nhận định đó xong ta lại trình bày phần đảo: AD là tiếp tuyến thì  . Từ đó kết luận.

    1. Phát hiện diện tích phần tam giác ADC ở ngoài đường tròn (O) chính là hiệu của diện tích tứ giác AOCD và diện tích hình quạt AOC thì bài toán dễ tính hơn so với cách tính tam giác ADC trừ cho diện tích viên phân cung AC.

    Bài 3

    Cho nửa đường tròn (O) đường kính AB = a. Gọi Ax, By là các tia vuông góc với AB ( Ax, By thuộc cùng một nửa mặt phẳng bờ AB). Qua điểm M thuộc nửa đường tròn (O) (M khác A và B) kẻ tiếp tuyến với nửa đường tròn (O); nó cắt Ax, By lần lượt ở E và F.

    1. Chứng minh:
    2. Chứng minh tứ giác AEMO nội tiếp; hai tam giác MAB và OEF đồng dạng.
    3. Gọi K là giao điểm của AF và BE, chứng minh .
    4. Khi MB = .MA, tính diện tích tam giác KAB theo a.

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

    1. Chứng minh: .

    EA, EM là hai tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O)

    cắt nhau ở E nên  OE là phân giác của .

    Tương tự: OF là phân giác của .

    Mà và  kề bù nên: (đpcm)                          hình 4

    1. Chứng minh: Tứ giác AEMO nội tiếp; hai tam giác MAB và OEF đồng dạng.

    Ta có: (tính chất tiếp tuyến)

    Tứ giác AEMO có nên nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    Tam giác AMB và tam giác EOF có:,  (cùng chắn cung MO của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tứ giác AEMO. Vậy Tam giác AMB và tam giác EOF đồng dạng (g.g).

    1. Gọi K là giao điểm của AF và BE, chứng minh .

    Tam giác AEK có AE // FB nên: . Mà : AE = ME và BF = MF (t/chất hai tiếp tuyến cắt nhau). Nên . Do đó MK // AE (định lí đảo của định lí Ta- let). Lại có: AE  AB (gt) nên MK  AB.

    1. Khi MB = .MA, tính diện tích tam giác KAB theo a.

    Gọi N là giao điểm của MK và AB, suy ra MN  AB.

    FEA có MK//AE nên  (1). BEA có NK//AE nên   (2).

    Mà  (do BF // AE)  nên  hay  (3).

    Từ (1), (2) và (3) suy ra . Vậy MK = NK.

    Tam giác AKB và tam giác AMB có chung đáy AB nên: .

    Do đó.

    Tam giác AMB vuông ở M nên tg A = .

    Vậy AM =  và MB =   =  (đvdt).

    Lời bàn:

    (Đây là đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 năm học 2009-2010 của tỉnh Hà Nam) .

    Từ câu 1 đến câu 3 trong quá trình ôn thi vào lớp 10 chắc chắn thầy cô nào cũng ôn tập, do đó những em nào ôn thi nghiêm túc chắc chắn giải được ngay, khỏi phải bàn, những em thi năm qua ở tỉnh Hà Nam xem như trúng tủ. Bài toán này có nhiều câu khó, và đây là một câu khó mà người ra đề khai thác từ câu: MK cắt AB ở N. Chứng minh: K là trung điểm MN.

    Nếu chú ý MK là đường thẳng chứa đường cao của tam giác AMB do câu 3 và tam giác AKB và AMB có chung đáy AB thì các em sẽ nghĩ ngay đến định lí: Nếu hai tam giác có chung đáy thì tỉ số diện tích hai tam giác bằng tỉ số hai đường cao tương ứng, bài toán qui về tính diện tích tam giác AMB không phải là khó phải không các em?

    Bài 4

    Cho nửa đường tròn tâm O đường kính AB. Từ điểm M trên tiếp tuyến Ax của nửa đường tròn vẽ tiếp tuyến thứ hai MC (C là tiếp điểm). Hạ CH vuông góc với AB, đường thẳng MB cắt  nửa đường tròn (O) tại Q và cắt CH tại N. Gọi giao điểm của MO và AC là I. Chứng minh rằng:

    1. a) Tứ giác AMQI nội tiếp. b) . c) CN = NH.

    (Trích đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 năm học 2009-2010 của sở GD&ĐT Tỉnh Bắc Ninh)

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác AMQI nội tiếp:

    Ta có: MA = MC (tính chất hai tếp tuyến cắt nhau)

    OA = OC (bán kính đường tròn (O))

    Do đó: MO  AC .

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn (O))

    . Hai đỉnh I và Q cùng nhìn AM dưới                            Hình 5

    một góc vuông nên tứ giác AMQI nội tiếp được

    trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Chứng minh:.

    Tứ giác AMQI nội tiếp nên           Hình 6

    (cùng phụ ) (2).

    có OA = OC nên cân ở O.   (3). Từ (1), (2) và (3) suy ra .

    1. c) Chứng minh CN = NH.

    Gọi K là giao điểm của BC và tia Ax. Ta có: (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn(O)). AC  BK , AC  OM  OM // BK. Tam giác ABK có: OA = OB, OM // BK MA = MK.

    Áp dụng hệ quả định lí Ta let cho có NH // AM (cùng AB) ta được:

    (4). Áp dụng hệ quả định lí Ta let cho có CN // KM (cùng AB) ta được:   (5). Từ (4) và (5) suy ra: . Mà KM = AM nên CN = NH (đpcm).

    Lời bàn

    1. Câu 1 hình vẽ gợi cho ta suy nghĩ: Cần chứng minh hai đỉnh Q và I cùng nhìn AM dưới một góc vuông. Góc AQM vuông có ngay do kề bù với ACB vuông, góc MIA vuông được suy từ tính chất hai tiếp tuyến cắt nhau.
    2. Câu 2 được suy từ câu 1, dễ dàng thấy ngay , , vấn đề lại là cần chỉ ra , điều này không khó phải không các em?
    3. Do CH // MA , mà đề toán yêu cầu chứng minh CN = NH ta nghĩ ngay việc

    kéo dài BC cắt Ax tại K bài toán trở về bài toán quen thuộc: Cho tam giác ABC, M là trung điểm BC. Kẻ đường thẳng d // BC cắt AB, AC và AM lần lượt tại E, D và I. Chứng minh IE = ID. Nhớ được các bài toán có liên quan đến một phần của bài thi ta qui về bài toán đó thì giải quyết đề thi một cách dễ dàng.

    Bài 5

    Cho đường tròn tâm O đường kính AB có bán kính R, tiếp tuyến Ax. Trên tiếp tuyến Ax lấy điểm F sao cho BF cắt đường tròn tại C, tia phân giác của góc ABF cắt Ax tại E và cắt đường tròn tại D.

    1. a) Chứng minh OD // BC.
    2. b) Chứng minh hệ thức: BD.BE = BC.BF
    3. c) Chứng minh tứ giác CDEF nội tiếp.
    4. d) Xác định số đo của góc ABC để tứ giác AOCD là hình thoi. Tính diện tích hình thoi AOCD theo R.

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

    1. a) Chứng minh OD // BC. Hình 7

    cân ở O (vì OD = OB = R)

    Mà  (gt) nên . Do đó: OD // BC.

    1. b) Chứng minh hệ thức: BD.BE = BC.BF.

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn (O) .

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn (O) .

    vuông ở A (do Ax là tiếp tuyến ), có AD  BE nên:

    AB2 = BD.BE (1).

    vuông ở A (do Ax là tiếp tuyến), có AC  BF nên   AB2 = BC.BF (2).

    Từ (1) và (2) suy ra: BD.BE = BC.BF.

    1. c) Chứng minh tứ giác CDEF nội tiếp:

    Ta có:

    (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn cung BC)

    ( cùng phụ )

    Do đó tứ giác CDEF nội tiếp.

    Cách khác

    và  có: chung và  (suy từ BD.BE = BC.BF) nên chúng đồng dạng (c.g.c).  Suy ra: . Vậy tứ giác CDEF là tứ giác nội tiếp.

    1. d) Xác định số đo của góc ABC để tứ giác AOCD là hình thoi:

    Ta có:  (do BD là phân giác ) .

    Tứ giác AOCD là hình thoi OA = AD = DC = OC

    AD = DC =  R

    Vậy thì tứ giác AOCD là hình thoi.

    Tính diện tích hình thoi AOCD theo R:

    .

    Sthoi AOCD =  (đvdt).                 Hình 8

    Lời bàn

    1. Với câu 1, từ gt BD là phân giác góc ABC kết hợp với tam giác cân ta nghĩ ngay đến cần chứng minh hai góc so le trong và bằng nhau.
    2. Việc chú ý đến các góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn kết hợp với tam giác AEB, FAB vuông do Ax là tiếp tuyến gợi ý ngay đến hệ thức lượng trong tam giác vuông quen thuộc. Tuy nhiên vẫn có thể chứng minh hai tam giác BDC và BFE đồng dạng trước rồi suy ra BD.BE = BC.BF. Với cách thực hiện này có ưu việc hơn là giải luôn được câu 3. Các em thử thực hiện xem sao?
    3. Khi giải được câu 2 thì câu 3 có thể sử dụng câu 2 , hoặc có thể chứng minh như bài giải.
    4. Câu 4 với đề yêu cầu xác định số đo của góc ABC để tứ giác AOCD trở thành hình thoi không phải là khó. Từ việc suy luận AD = CD = R nghĩ ngay đến cung AC bằng 1200 từ đó suy ra số đo góc ABC bằng 600. Tính diện tích hình thoi chỉ cần nhớ công thức, nhớ các kiến thức đặc biệt mà trong quá trình ôn tập thầy cô giáo bổ sung như ,…….. các em sẽ tính được dễ dàng.

    Bài 6

    Cho tam giác ABC có ba góc nhọn. Đường tròn đường kính BC cắt cạnh AB, AC lần lượt tại E và F ; BF cắt EC tại H. Tia AH cắt đường thẳng           BC tại N.

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác HFCN nội tiếp.
    2. b) Chứng minh FB là phân giác của .
    3. c) Giả sử AH = BC . Tính số đo góc của D

    BÀI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác HFCN nội tiếp:

    Ta có :

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn đường kính BC)

    Tứ giác HFCN có nên nội tiếp được trong

    đường tròn đường kính HC) (đpcm).

    1. b) Chứng minh FB là tia phân giác của góc EFN:

    Ta có (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn  của đường tròn đường kính BC).

    (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn  của đường tròn đường kính HC).

    Suy ra: . Vậy FB là tia phân giác của góc EFN (đpcm)

    1. c) Giả sử AH = BC. Tính số đo góc BAC của tam giác ABC:

    FAH và FBC có: , AH = BC (gt), (cùng phụ ). Vậy FAH = FBC (cạnh huyền- góc nhọn). Suy ra: FA = FB.

    AFB vuông tại F; FA = FB nên vuông cân. Do đó .

    Bài 7

    (Các em tự giải)

    Cho tam giác ABC nhọn, các đường cao BD và CE cát nhau tại H.

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác BCDE nội tiếp.
    2. b) Chứng minh AD. AC = AE. AB.
    3. c) Gọi O là tâm đường tròn ngoại tiếp tam giác ABC. Chứng minh OA
    4. d) Cho biết OA = R , . Tính BH. BD + CH. CE theo R.

     

    Bài 8

    Cho đường tròn (O) đường kính AB. Trên tia AB lấy điểm D nằm ngoài đoạn AB và kẻ tiếp tuyến DC với đường tròn (O) (C là tiếp điểm). Gọi E là chân đường vuông góc hạ từ A xuống đường thẳng CD và F là chân đường vuông góc hạ từ D xuống đường thẳng AC.

    Chứng minh:

    1. a) Tứ giác EFDA nội tiếp.
    2. b) AF là phân giác của .
    3. c) Tam giác EFA và tam giác BDC đồng dạng.
    4. d) Các tam giác ACD và ABF có cùng diện tích.

    (Trích đề thi tốt nghiệp và xét tuyển vào lớp 10- năm học 2000- 2001)

                                                      

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác EFDA nội tiếp:

    Ta có: (gt). Hai đỉnh E và F cùng nhìn AD dưới góc 900 nên tứ giác EFDA nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Chứng minh AF là phân giác của góc EAD:

    Ta có:

    . Vậy ( so le trong)

    Tam giác AOC cân ở O (vì OA = OC = R) nên . Do đó: . Vậy AF là phân giác của góc EAD (đpcm).

    1. c) Chứng minh tam giác EFA và tam giác BDC đồng dạng:

    EFA và BDC có:

    (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn  của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tứ giác EFDA).

    . Vậy EFA và BDC  đồng dạng (góc- góc).

    1. d) Chứng minh các tam giác ACD và ABF có cùng diện tích:

    SACD =   và SABF = . (1)

    BC // DF (cùng  AF) nên hay DF. AC = BC.AF (2).

    Từ (1) và (2) suy ra :  SACD =  SABF (đpcm) (Lưu ý: có thể giải 2 cách khác nữa).

    Bài 9

    Cho tam giác ABC ( ) nội tiếp trong nửa đường tròn tâm O đường kính AB. Dựng tiếp tuyến với đường tròn (O) tại C và gọi H là chân  đường vuông góc kẻ từ A đến tiếp tuyến đó. AH cắt đường tròn (O) tại M (M ¹ A). Đường vuông góc với AC kẻ từ M cắt AC tại K và AB tại P.

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác MKCH nội tiếp.
    2. b) Chứng minh DMAP cân.
    3. c) Tìm điều kiện của DABC để ba điểm M, K, O thẳng hàng.

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác MKCH nội tiếp:

    Ta có : (gt), (gt)

    Tứ giác MKCH có  tổng hai góc đối nhau

    bằng 1800 nên nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Chứng minh tam giác MAP cân:

    AH // OC (cùng vuông góc CH) nên  (so le trong)

    AOC cân ở O (vì OA = OC = R) nên . Do đó: . Vậy AC là phân giác của . Tam giác MAP có AK  là đường cao (do AC  MP), đồng thời là đường phân giác nên tam giác MAP cân ở A (đpcm).

    Cách 2

    Tứ giác MKCH nội tiếp nên (cùng bù ).  (cùng bằng sđ),  (hai góc đồng vị của MP// CB).

    Suy ra: . Vậy tam giác AMP cân tại A.

    1. c) Tìm điều kiện cho tam giác ABC để ba điểm M; K; O thẳng hàng:

    Ta có M; K; P thẳng hàng. Do đó M; K; O thẳng hàng nếu P  O hay AP = PM. Kết hợp với câu b tam giác MAP cân ở A suy ra tam giác MAP đều.

    Do đó  .  Đảo lại: ta chứng minh P  O:

    Khi  (do AC là phân giác của ) . Tam giác MAO cân tại O có nên MAO đều. Do đó: AO = AM. Mà AM = AP (do MAP cân ở A) nên AO = AP. Vậy P  O.

    Trả lời: Tam giác ABC cho trước có thì ba điểm M; K và O thẳng hàng.

    Bài 10

    Cho tam giác ABC vuông ở A, đường cao AH. Đường tròn tâm O đường kính AH cắt các cạnh AB, AC lần lượt tại M và N ( A¹ M&N). Gọi I, P và Q lần lượt là trung điểm các đoạn thẳng OH, BH, và CH. Chứng minh:

    1. a)
    2. b) Tứ giác BMNC nội tiếp.
    3. c) Điểm I là trực tâm tam giác APQ.

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh :

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn (O)).

    Nên Tam giác ANH vuông tại N. (do AH là đường cao của ABC) nên tam giác AHC vuông ở H. Do đó  (cùng phụ ).

    1. b) Chứng minh tứ giác BMNC nội tiếp:

    Ta có :  (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn cung AN).

    (câu a).

    Vậy: . Do đó tứ giác BMNC là một tứ giác nội tiếp.

    1. c) Chứng minh I là trực tâm tam giác APQ:

    OA = OH và QH = QC (gt) nên QO là đường trung bình của tam giác AHC. Suy ra: OQ//AC, mà AC AB nên QO  AB.

    Tam giác ABQ có AH  BQ và QO  AB nên O là trực tâm của tam giác. Vậy BO  AQ. Mặt khác PI là đường trung bình của tam giác BHO nên PI // BO. Kết hợp với BO  AQ ta được PI  AQ. Tam giác APQ có AH  PQ và PI  AQ nên I là trực tâm tam giác APQ (đpcm).

    Bài 11

    Cho đường tròn (O;R) đường kính AB.Gọi C là điểm bất kỳ thuộc đường tròn đó (C¹ A&B). M, N lần lượt là điểm chính giữa của các cung nhỏ AC và BC. Các đường thẳng BN và AC cắt nhau tại I, các dây cung AN và BC cắt nhau ở P. Chứng minh:

    1. a) Tứ giác ICPN nội tiếp. Xác định tâm K của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tứ giác đó.
    2. b) KN là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O; R).
    3. c) Chứng minh rằng khi C di động trên đường tròn (O;R) thì đường thẳng MN luôn tiếp xúc với một đường tròn cố định.

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác ICPN nội tiếp. Xác định tâm K của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tứ giác đó:

    Ta có (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn (O)).

    Do đó:

    Tứ giác ICPN có nên nội tiếp được

    trong một đường tròn. Tâm K của đường tròn ngoại tiếp

    tứ giác ICPN là trung điểm của đoạn thẳng IP.

    1. b) Chứng minh KN là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O).

    Tam giác INP vuông tại N, K là trung điểm IP nên

    . Vậy tam giác IKN cân ở K . Do đó  (1).

    Mặt khác (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn cung PN đường tròn (K)) (2)

    N là trung điểm cung CB nên . Vậy NCB cân tại N.

    Do đó :  (3). Từ (1), (2) và (3) suy ra , hai góc này ở vị trí đồng vị nên KN // BC.

    Mặt khác ON BC nên KN  ON. Vậy KN là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O).

    Chú ý:  * Có thể chứng minh

    * hoặc chứng minh .

    1. c) Chứng minh rằng khi C di động trên đường tròn (O) thì đường thẳng MN luôn tiếp xúc với một đường tròn cố định:

    Ta có (gt) nên . Vậy OM là phân giác của .

    Tương tự ON là phân giác của , mà  và  kề bù nên .

    Vậy tam giác MON vuông cân ở O.

    Kẻ OH  MN, ta có OH = OM.sinM = R.  =  không đổi.

    Vậy khi C di động trên đường tròn (O) thì đường thẳng MN luôn tiếp xúc với một đường tròn cố định (O; ).

    Bài 12

    Từ điểm A ở ngoài đường tròn (O), kẻ hai tiếp tuyến AB, AC tới đường tròn ( B, C là các tiếp điểm). Đường thẳng qua A cắt đường tròn (O) tại         D và E (D nằm giữa A và E , dây DE không qua tâm O). Gọi H là trung điểm của DE, AE cắt BC tại K .

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác ABOC nội tiếp đường tròn .
    2. b) Chứng minh HA là tia phân giác của
    3. c) Chứng minh : .

     

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác ABOC nội tiếp:

    (tính chất tiếp tuyến)

    Tứ giác ABOC có nên nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Chứng minh HA là tia phân giác của góc BHC:

    AB = AC (tính chất hai tiếp tuyến cắt nhau). Suy ra . Do đó . Vậy HA là tia phân giác của góc BHC.

    1. c) Chứng minh :

    ABD và AEB có:

    chung, (cùng bằng sđ )

    Suy ra : ABD ~ AEB

    Do đó:     (1)

    ABK và AHB có:

    chung,  (do ) nên chúng đồng dạng.

    Suy ra:    (2)

    Từ (1) và (2) suy ra:  AE.AD = AK. AH

    ===

    =   (do AD + DE = AE và DE = 2DH).

    Vậy:  (đpcm).

    Bài 13

    Cho đường tròn (O;R) có đường kính AB. Trên đường tròn (O;R) lấy  điểm M sao cho . Vẽ đường tròn (B; BM) cắt đường tròn (O; R) tại điểm thứ hai là N.

    1. a) Chứng minh AM và AN là các tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (B;BM).
    2. b) Kẻ các đường kính MOI của đường tròn (O; R) và MBJ của đường tròn (B; BM). Chứng minh N, I và J thẳng hàng và JI . JN = 6R2
    3. c) Tính phần diện tích của hình tròn (B; BM) nằm bên ngoài đường tròn (O; R) theo R.

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh AM và AN là các tiếp tuyến của

    đường tròn (B; BM). Ta có .

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn(O)).

    Điểm M và N thuộc (B;BM); AM MB

    và AN NB. Nên AM; AN là các tiếp tuyến của (B; BM).

    1. b) Chứng minh N; I; J thẳng hàng và JI .JN = 6R2.

    (các góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn tâm O và tâm B). Nên  IN MN và JN  MN . Vậy ba điểm N; I và J thẳng hàng.

    Tam giác MJI có BO là đường trung bình nên IJ = 2BO = 2R. Tam giác AMO cân ở O (vì OM = OA), nên tam giác MAO đều.

    AB  MN tại H (tính chất dây chung của hai đường tròn (O) và (B) cắt nhau).

    Nên OH = . Vậy HB = HO + OB = .

    Vậy JI . JN = 2R . 3R = 6R2

    1. c) Tính diện tích phần hình tròn (B; BM) nằm ngoài đường tròn (O; R) theo R:

    Gọi S là diện tích phần hình tròn nằm (B; BM) nằm bên ngoài hình tròn (O; R). S1 là diện tích hình tròn tâm (B; BM). S2 là diện tích hình quạt MBN. S3 ; S4 là diện tích hai viên phân cung MB và NB của đường tròn (O; R).

    Ta có : S = S1 – (S2 + S3 + S4).

    Tính S1:  . Vậy: S1 = .

    Tính S2:    S2 =  =

    Tính S3: S3 = Squạt MOB – SMOB.  Squạt MOB = .

    OA = OB  SMOB = SAMB = = =

    Vậy  S3 =  = S4 (do tính chất đối xứng). Từ đó S = S1 – (S2 + 2S3)

    =  –   =  (đvdt).

    Bài 14

    Cho đường tròn (O; R) , đường kính AB . Trên tiếp tuyến  kẻ từ A của đường tròn này lấy điểm C sao cho AC = AB . Từ C kẻ tiếp tuyến thứ hai CD của đường tròn (O; R), với D là tiếp điểm.

    1. a) Chứng minh rằng ACDO là một tứ giác nội tiếp.
    2. b) Gọi H là giao điểm của AD và OC. Tính theo R độ dài các đoạn thẳng AH; AD.
    3. c) Đường thẳng BC cắt đường tròn (O; R) tại điểm thứ hai M. Chứng minh .
    4. d) Đường tròn (I) ngoại tiếp tam giác MHB. Tính diện tích phần của hình tròn này nằm ngoài đường tròn (O; R).

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác ACDO nội tiếp:

    (tính chất tiếp tuyến).

    Tứ giác ACDO có nên

    nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Tính theo R độ dài các đoạn thẳng AH; AD:

    CA = CD (tính chất hai tiếp tuyến cắt nhau);

    OA = OD =R  và AH = HD

    Tam giác ACO vuông ở A, AH  OC

    nên = =. Vậy AH =  và AD = 2AH = .

    1. c) Chứng minh :

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn) . Hai đỉnh H và M cùng nhìn AC dưới góc 900 nên ACMH là tứ giác nội tiếp. Suy ra: .

    Tam giác ACB vuông tại A, AC = AB(gt) nên vuông cân. Vậy .

    Do đó : .

    1. d) Tính diện tích hình tròn (I) nằm ngoài đường tròn (O) theo R:

    Từ và  mà (do CAB vuông cân ở B).

    Nên  Tứ giác HMBO nội tiếp . Do đó . Vậy tâm I đường tròn ngoại tiếp tam giác MHB là trung điểm MB. Gọi S là diện tích phần hình tròn (I) ở ngoài đường tròn (O).

    S1 là diện tích nửa hình tròn đường kính MB. S2 là diện tích viên phân MDB.

    Ta có S  = S1 – S2 . Tính S1:

    . Vậy S1 = .

    Tính S2:   S2 = SquạtMOB – SMOB   = = .

    S =  ( ) = .

    Bài 15

    Cho đường tròn (O) đường kính AB bằng 6cm . Gọi H làđiểm nằm giữa A và B sao cho AH = 1cm. Qua H vẽ đường thẳng vuông góc với AB , đường thẳng này cắt đường tròn (O) tại C và D. Hai đường thẳng BC và DA cắt nhau tại M. Từ M hạ đường vuông góc MN với đường thẳng AB ( N thuộc thẳng AB).

    1. a) Chứng minh MNAC là tứ giác nội tiếp.
    2. b) Tính độ dài đoạn thẳng CH và tính tg.
    3. c) Chứng minh NC là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O).
    4. d) Tiếp tuyến tại A của đường tròn (O) cắt NC ở E. Chứng minh đường thẳng EB đi qua trung điểm của đoạn thẳng CH.

    BÀI GIẢI

    1. a) Chứng minh tứ giác MNAC nội tiếp:

    (góc nội tiếp chắn nửa đường tròn)

    Suy ra . Tứ giác MNAC có

    nên nội tiếp được trong một đường tròn.

    1. b) Tính CH và tg ABC.

    AB = 6 (cm) ; AH = 1 (cm)  HB = 5 (cm).

    Tam giác ACB vuông ở C, CH  AB

    CH2 = AH . BH = 1 . 5 = 5   (cm). Do đó tg ABC = .

    1. c) Chứng minh NC là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O):

    Ta có  (hai góc nội tiếp cùng chắn cung AN của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tứ giác MNAC). (so le trong của MN // CD) và  (cùng chắn ) Nên . Do sđ  sđ . Suy ra CN là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O). (xem lại bài tập 30 trang 79 SGK toán 9 tập 2).

    1. d) Chứng minh EB đi qua trung điểm của CH:

    Gọi K là giao điểm của AE và BC; I là giao điểm của CH và EB. KE//CD (cùngvới AB) (đồng vị).  (cùng chắn cung BD). (đối đỉnh) và  (cùng chắn ).

    Suy ra:  cân ở E. Do đó EK = EC. Mà EC = EA (tính chất hai tiếp tuyến cắt nhau) nên EK = EA.

    có CI // KE  và có IH // AE  .

    Vậy  mà KE = AE nên IC = IH (đpcm).

    Bài 16

    Cho đường tròn tâm O, đường kính AC. Vẽ dây BD vuông góc với AC tại K (K nằm giữa A và O). Lấy điểm E trên cung nhỏ CD (E không trùng C và D), AE cắt BD tại H.

    1. Chứng minh tam giác CBD cân và tứ giác CEHK nội tiếp.
    2. Chứng minh AD2 = AH. AE.
    3. Cho BD = 24cm; BC = 20cm. Tính chu vi hình tròn (O).
    4. Cho . Trên nửa mặt phẳng bờ BC không chứa điểm A, vẽ tam giác MBC cân tại M. Tính góc MBC theo để M thuộc đường tròn (O).

    Hướng dẫn

    1. c) Tính BK = 12 cm, CK = 16 cm, dùng hệ thức

    lượng tính được CA = 25 cm  R = 12,5 cm.

    Từ đó tính được C = 25

    1. d) M (O) ta cần có tứ giác ABMC nội tiếp.

    Từ đó tính được .

    Bài 17

    Cho nửa đường tròn (O) đường kính AB. Trên nửa mặt phẳng bờ AB chứa nửa đường tròn kẻ tiếp tuyến Ax và dây AC bất kỳ. Tia phân giác của góc xAC cắt nửa đường tròn tại D, các tia AD và BC cắt nhau tại E.

    1. a) Chứng minh DABE cân.
    2. b) Đường thẳng BD cắt AC tại K, cắt tia Ax tại F . Chứng minh tứ giác ABEF nội tiếp.
    3. c) Cho . Chứng minh AK = 2CK.

    Bài 18

    Từ điểm A ở ngoài đường tròn (O) vẽ hai tiếp tuyến AB; AC và cát tuyến AMN không đi qua tâm O. Gọi I là trung điểm MN.

    1. a) Chứng minh AB2 = AM. AN
    2. b) Chứng minh tứ giác ABIO nội tiếp .
    3. c) Gọi D là giao điểm của BC và AI. Chứng minh

    Bài 19

    Cho tam giác ABC nội tiếp đường tròn (O). Phân giác trong của cắt BC tại D và cắt đường tròn tại M. Phân giác ngoài tại Acắt đường thẳng BC tại E và cắt đường tròn tại N. Gọi K là trung điểm của DE. Chứng minh:

    1. a) MN vuông góc với BC tại trung điểm của BC.

    b)

    1. c) AK là tiếp tuyến của đường tròn (O).

    Bài 20

    Cho ba điểm A, B,C nằm trên đường thẳng xy theo thứ tự đó. Vẽ đường tròn (O) đi qua B và C. Từ A vẽ hai tiếp tuyến AM và AN . Gọi E và F lần lượt là trung điểm của BC và MN.

    1. a) Chứng minh AM2 = AN2 = AB. AC
    2. b) Đường thẳng ME cắt đường tròn (O) tại I. Chứng minh IN // AB
    3. c) Chứng minh rằng tâm đường tròn ngoại tiếp tam giác OEF nằm trên một đường thẳng cố định khi đường tròn (O) thay đổi.

    Bài 21

    Cho đường tròn (O) đường kính AB = 2R . Điểm C nằm trên (O) mà AC > BC. Kẻ CD ^ AB ( D Î AB ) . Tiếp tuyến tại A của đường tròn         (O) cắt BC tại E. Tiếp tuyến tại C của đường tròn (O) cắt AE tại M. OM cắt AC tại I . MB cắt CD tại K.

    1. a) Chứng minh M là trung điểm AE.
    2. b) Chứng minh IK // AB.
    3. c) Cho OM = AB. Tính diện tích tam giác MIK theo R.

    Bài 22

    Trên cung nhỏ BC của đường tròn ngoại tiếp tam giác đều ABC lấy một điểm P tuỳ ý. Gọi  là giao điểm của AP và BC.

    1. a) Chứng minh BC2 = AP . AQ .
    2. b) Trên AP lấy điểm M sao cho PM = PB . Chứng minh BP+PC= AP.
    3. c) Chứng minh .

    Bài 23

    Cho nửa đường tròn (O) đường kính AB = 2R và điểm C nằm ngoài nửa đường tròn. CA cắt nửa đường tròn ở M, CB cắt nửa đường tròn ở N. Gọi H là giao điểm của AN và BM.

    1. a) Chứng minh CH ^ AB .
    2. b) Gọi I là trung điểm của CH. Chứng minh MI là tiếp tuyến của nửa đường tròn (O).
    3. c) Giả sử CH =2R . Tính số đo cung .

    Bài 24

    Cho nửa đường tròn đường kính AB = 2R và dây MN có độ dài bằng bán kính (M thuộc cung AN). Các tia AM và BN cắt nhau ở I. Các dây AN và BM cắt nhau ở K.

    1. a) Tính và .
    2. b) Tìm quỹ tích điểm I và quỹ tích điểm K khi dây MN thay đổi vị trí .
    3. c) Chứng minh I là trực tâm của tam giác KAB .
    4. d) AB và IK cắt nhau tại H . Chứng minh HA.HB = HI.HK .
    5. e) Với vị trí nào của dây MN thì tam giác IAB có diện tích lớn nhất? Tính giá trị diện tích lớn nhất đó theo R.

    Bài 25

    Trên đường tròn (O) lấy ba điểm A, B và C. Gọi M, N và P theo thứ tự là điểm chính giữa của các cung AB, BC và AC. BP cắt AN tại I, NM cắt AB tại E.

    Gọi D là giao điểm của AN và BC. Chứng minh rằng:

    1. a) DBNI cân. b) AE.BN = EB.AN.          c) EI //        d) .                                                                             

    Bài 26

    Cho hai đường tròn (O) và (O1) ở ngoài nhau. Đường nối tâm OO1 cắt các đường tròn (O) và (O1) tại các điểm A, B, C, D theo thứ tự trên đường thẳng. Kẻ tiếp tuyến tuyến chung ngoài EF (E Î (O), F Î (O1)). Gọi M là giao điểm của AE và DF, N là giao điểm của EB và FC. Chứng minh rằng:

    1. a) Tứ giác MENF là hình chữ nhật.
    2. b) MN ^ AD.
    3. c) ME . MA = MF . MD.

    HẾT—-

  • Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    ÔN VÀO 10

    I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

     

    1. campus
    1. congratulate
    2. gathering
    1. designed
    1. exchange
    1. relax B. profit B. clothes B. published fetch
    1. ancient C. compose C. athletics C. covered chimney
    1. fascimile D. decorate D. bathe D. sprayed
    1. champagne

    II. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern.

    6. A. psychedelic B. inspiration C. interactive D. encouragement
    7. A. scenery B. encourage C. embroider D. experience
    8. A. puppet B. freedom C. describe D. message
    9. A. extensive B. opinion C. official D. optional
    10. A. compulsory B. convenient C. correspond D. communicate

    III. Decide the best option A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following sentences.

    1. In towns please drive slowly! You …… drive faster than 50 kph.
    A. don’t have to B. mustn’t C. mayn’t D. needn’t
    12. We can’t use the car now because it  …… .
    A. is mended B. hasn’t mended C. is being mended D. will be mended
    13. They were arrested …… smuggling drug into the country.
    A. of B. by C. for D. about
    14. Who do you think I ran …… in the library this morning?
    A. down B. over C. in D. into
    1. …… behalf of the committee, I’d like to thank you for your generous donation.
    A. In B. For C. On D. To
    16. …… the rain, the football match went ahead.
    A. Owing to B. Despite C. However D. In spite
    17. …… he leaves or I leave!
    A. Either B. Neither C. Only D. Unless
    18. Why don’t you buy bananas when they are much …… than apples?
    A. less expensive B. not expensive C. as expensive D. lesser expensive
    19. Mr. Brown is the landlord …… we rent the house.
    A. who B. whom C. from whom D. of whom
    20. Let’s go for a walk, …… ?
    A. do we B. shall we C. don’t we D. let not we
    21. By the age of twenty-five he had …… his wish of becoming a pianist.
    A. reached B. achieved C. obtained D. had
    22. A large shop that sells all kinds of goods is called a …… .
    A. warehouse B. storeroom C. department D. department store
    23. When you’re on holiday you might buy a …… to take home with you.
    A. souvenir B. message C. memory D. remembrance
    24. I am very sorry. I’ve …… your book at home again. I’ll bring it again tomorrow.
    A. forgotten B. stored C. left D. thrown
    25. We’d better …… really early. It’s a very long journey.
    A. set up B. set off C. set down D. set on
    26. I’ve got a very high opinion …… your brother.
    A. on B. to C. for D. of
    27. We don’t sell foreign newspapers because there is no …… for them.
    A. request B. claim C. requirement D. demand
    28. …… I know, there are no problems with the class.
    A. As far as B. So much as C. Much more than D. Except that
    29. The little girl wouldn’t go to the seaside …… her father went too.
    A. except B. but C. also D. unless
    30. Having …… the table, Mrs Robert called the family for dinner.
    A. laid B. spread C. ordered D. completed

    IV. Choose the correct option A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following passage.

    A FAMOUS EXPLORER
    Captain James Cook is remembered today for being one of Britain’s most famous
    explorers of the 18th century. Cook was (31) …… most other explorers of the same period as
    he did not come from a wealthy family and had to work hard to (32) …… his position in life.
    He was lucky to be (33) …… by his father’s employer, who saw that he was a bright boy and
    paid for him to attend the village school. At sixteen, he started (34) …… in a shop in a fishing
    village (35) …… on the coast and this was a turning (36) …… in his life. He developed an
    interest in the sea and eventually joined the Royal Navy (37) …… to see more of the world.
    Cook was (38) …… by sailing, astronomy and the production of maps, and quickly
    became an expert (39) …… these subjects. He was also one of the first people to (40) ……
    that scurvy, an illness often suffered by sailors, could be prevented by careful (41) …… to
    diet. It was during his (42) …… to the Pacific Ocean that Cook made his historic landing in
    Australia and the (43) …… discovery that New Zealand was two (44) …… islands. He became
    national hero and still (45) …… one today.
    31. A different B distinct C contrary D unlike
    32. A manage B succeed C achieve D fulfill
    33. A. remarked B viewed C glanced D noticed
    34. A trade B work C career D job
    35. A held B placed C positioned D situated
    36. A moment B instant C point D mark
    37. A in view B in order C as D due
    38. A keen B eager C fascinated D enthusiastic
    39. A from B over C in D for
    40. A regard B estimate C catch D realize
    41. A attention B organization C observation D treatment
    42. A travel B voyage C excursion D tour
    43. A serious B superior C major D leading
    44. A shared B particular C common D separate
    45. A keeps B stands C maintains D remains

    V. Read the following two passages and choose the correct answer for each question.

    Various types of fog are essentially clouds that form at the earth’s surface, produced by temperature differences and moisture in the air. As warm, moisture-laden air cools, its relative humidity (the amount of moisture that air can contain, which depends on the temperature) increases. Warm air can hold more water vapor than cold air. So if the air is cooled sufficiently it will reach saturation, or the dew point, at which point the moisture begins to condense out of the air and form water droplets, creating fog.

    1. What is the author’s main purpose in this passage?
    1. To describe various types of fog
    1. To explain how fog is formed
    1. To define relative humidity
    1. To compare the effects of warm air and cold air
    1. This passage would most likely be written by …… .
    1. an archeologist B. a biologist
    1. a meteorologist D. a psychologist
    1. The word in bold “sufficiently” as used in the passage is closest in meaning to …… .
    1. supposedly B. efficiently C. readily                        D. satisfactorily
    1. The tone of this passage could best described as …… .
    1. humorous B. argumentative C. objective                  D. persuasive
    1. It can be concluded from the passage that …… .
    1. foggy days are caused by cold nights
    1. fog is likely to form in desert areas
    1. hot humid days are usually followed by cold, foggy nights
    1. fog could form on a cold evening after a warm day

    A healthful lifestyle leads to a longer, happier, healthier life. Staying healthy means eating a well-balanced diet, getting regular exercise, and avoiding things that are bad for the body and mind.

    Nutrition plays a key role in maintaining good health and preventing many diseases. In spite of all the information available about diets, scientists still believe that good nutrition can be simple. There are several basic rules to follow. Keep fat intake low. Eat foods high in carbo-hydrates, which are the starches in grains, legumes (beans and peas), vegetables, and some fruits. Avoid too much sugar. Limit salt. Eat lots of fruits and vegetables, which are high in vitamins.

    A healthful lifestyle is an active lifestyle. Lack of proper physical exercise can cause tiredness, irritability, and poor general health. Physical fitness requires both aerobic exercise, such as running, bicycle riding, and swimming, and muscle-strengthening exercises, such as weight-lifting.

    Finally, good health is acquired by saying no to bad habits such as smoking, drinking, and overeating and by avoiding situations that are constantly stressful. People can take their lives and happiness into their own hands. Maintaining a healthy lifestyle is the first step.

    1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. How to keep an active lifestyle
    1. How to lead a healthy life C. The importance of nutrition
    1. The importance of physical exercise
    1. Three kinds of food that you should avoiding having too much of are …… .
    1. fat, foods high in carbo-hydrates, and legumes B. fat, salt, and vegetables
    1. starches, sugar, and salt D. fat, sugar, and salt
    1. …… are not good for your health.
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, and dieting B. Drinking and excessive eating
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, and stressful situations
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, dieting, and stressful situations
    1. What does the word “nutrition” in the first paragraph mean?
    1. The food we eat B. Eating C. Good health D. Dieting “
    1. Continuously B. Continually C. Terribly                     D. Eventually

    VI. Finish the following conversation by filling a suitable preposition in each numbered gap.

    Sammy: Hello, Mr. Bright. You’ve been gone a long time. Where have you been?

    Phil:       Asia. I’ve been (56) …… Hong Kong, Singapore,          Tokyo … all over.

    Sammy: You sure do travel a lot.

    Phil:       Too much. I’m tired (57) …… travelling now an            d just want to stay home.

    Sammy: Why do you want to do that? It’s not interesting (58) …… here.

    Phil:       Sammy, I’ve been everywhere and I’ve seen eve rything. Now I just want to settle

    down (59) …… a while.

    Sammy: But your life is so exciting.

    Phil:         Exciting? I spend all my time going (60) …… airports, waiting (61) …… my

    luggage, looking (62) …… a taxi, chec  king (63) …… a hotel … It’s not exciting at

    all.

    Sammy: Well it sure sounds exciting (64) …… me. I haven’t  been anywhere. I’ve spent my

    whole life right here in this small city.

    Phil:         Well, why don’t you go somewhere (65) …… you      r next vacation?

    Sammy: Me? Travel? Oh, I couldn’t do that. You have to get reservations and pack and … I might lose my passport and … Oh, no … not me.

    VII. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given in brackets. Keep the new sentences as close in meaning to the original ones as possible.

    66. I only recognized him when he took off his hat. NOT UNTIL
    67. How far is it from Ha Noi to Sapa? DISTANCE
    68. You needn’t hurry. There’s still much time left . NECESSARY
    69. You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry. UNLESS
    70. On arrival at the shop, the goods are inspected carefully. WHEN
    71. The accident happened because the train driver ignored the warning light. IF
    72. “You should take more exercise,” the doctor sai d, “if you want to lose weight.” ADVISED
    73. “Could you guard my handbag while I go to the t oilet?” EYE
    74. The thief has broken into his house three times recently. HAD
    75. He is finding it easier to work on night shift. GETTING

    VIII. Write a paragraph about the origin of basketball, basing on the following cues.

    1. Basketball/ invent/ 1891/ physical education instructor/ Springfield/ name/ James Naismith
    1. Because/ terrible weather/ winter/ physical education students/ indoors/ rather/ outdoors
    1. not like/ idea/ boring/ repetitive exercise/ prefer/ excitement/ challenge/ game
    1. Naismith/ figure out/ team sport/ can play/ indoors/ involve/ lot/ running
    1. new game/ not allow/ tackling/ physical contact/ American-style football
    • The End —–

    ANSWER KEYS

    1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. D
    6. D 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. C
    11. B 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. C
    16. B 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. B
    21. B 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B
    26. D 27. D 28. A 29. D 30. A
    31. D 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. D
    36. C 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. D
    41. A 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. D
    46. B 47. C 48. D 49. C 50. C
    51. B 52. D 53. C 54. A 55. A
    56. to 57. of 58. around 59. for 60. to
    61. for 62. for 63. into 64. to 65. on
    1. Not until he took off his hat did/ could I recognize him.
    1. What is the distance from Ha Noi to Sapa?
    1. It is not necessary (for you) to hurry. There is ……
    1. Unless you keep your feet dry, you will catch a cold.
    1. When the goods arrive at the shop, they are inspected carefully.
    1. If the train driver hadn’t ignored/ had taken notice of/ had paid attention to the warning light, the accident wouldn’t have happened.
    1. The doctor advised me/ him … to take more exercise if I/ he … wanted to lose weight.
    1. “Could you keep an eye on my handbag while I go to the toilet?”
    1. He has had his house broken into three times recently.
    1. He is getting used to working on night shift.

    76 – 80:

    Basketball was invented in 1891 by a physical education instructor in Springfield, by the name of/ whose name was James Naismith. Because of the terrible weather in winter, his physical education students were/ had lessons indoors rather than outdoors. They did not like the idea of boring and repetitive exercise, and preferred the excitement and challenge of a game. Naismith figured out a team sport that could be played indoors that involved a lot of running. The new game did not allow tackling and physical contact of American-style football.

  • Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh

    Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh

    Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh

    Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh

    Test 1

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. She (leave) .school last year. Since then she (work) … as a waitress at a local pub.
    2. They felt tired and hungry, so they (sit) …………… down under a tree and (rest) ………….. for lunch.
    3. Let’s (get) …… the house (clear) …………. up before he arrives.
    4. Last year we (install) …………. ordinary light bulbs in our house, but now we (use) ……………… energy-saving ones.
    5. A: In your places, I (a. go) …………. by air.

    B: If I (b. have) ……………… enough money, I (c. take) …………… your advice.

    II. Multiple choices:

    1. You will not succeed …………………….. working hard.
    2. unless b. without c. if                       d. although
    3. It was raining very …………. so I took my umbrella.
    4. wet b. badly c. hard                  d. firmly
    5. I ………….. do that if I were you.
    6. won’t b. shan’t c. wouldn’t           d. don’t
    7. You may borrow as many books as you like provided you show them to …………… is at the desk.
    8. who b whom c. whoever            d. which
    9. I wish you …………. stop interrupting me whenever I speak.
    10. did b. would c. might                d. will
    11. I wish I …….. more about the logistics of the expedition.
    12. would know b. knew c. know                d. can know
    13. The little girl …………. when she fell.
    14. hurt himself b. hurt herself c. has hurt            d. hurt
    15. Listen to what I am saying, ……………………….?
    16. don’t you b. do you c. did you             d. will you
    17. ……………… this medicine, and you’ll be well again.
    18. Have b. Drink c. Eat                    d. Take
    19. Yoko feels ……………… again after her illness but she still cannot work …………. .
    20. strong/ hardly b. strongly/ hard c. strongly/ hardly          d. strong/ hard

    III. Sound:

    1. a. pull b. erupt      c. trust                 d.thunder             e. junkyard
    2. a. mineral b. tidal c. sight                 d. describe            e. divide
    3. a. exist b. public c. despite              d. mineral
    4. a. chopstick b. charity c. children            d. Christmas
    5. a. sound            b. touch                  c. down                   d. account

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. The story was very interesting to me.

    I was ______________________ .

    1. Your writing is so small that I can’t read it.

    Your writing is not ___________ .

    1. Learning English is necessary.

    It is ________________________ .

    1. We will go there unless it rains.

    If it ________________________ .

    1. The man couldn’t speak. He was so surprised.

    The man was too______________ .

    Test 2

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. -John ….. (1. lose) his job last month and since then he ….. (2. be) out of work.

    – Do you know why he ….. (3. lose) his job?

    – Because he ….. (4. be) very rude to his boss.

    1. Yesterday morning, when I ….. (1. arrive) at the airport, Sophie ….. (2. wait) for me. She ….. (3. wear) a pink dress and ….. (4. look) very pretty.

    II. Multiple choices:

    1. Mark Twain was born in Missouri _____ (on / for / in) 1835.
    2. Fresh air is _____ (of / about / in) great use to our health.
    3. He won’t pass the exam _____ (if / unless / or) he works hard.
    4. My father often goes to church _____ (with/ at / on) Sundays.
    5. Surfing is one way _____ (of / at/ on) spending free time in Australia.
    6. They are the children ______ (whose / who / whom) won the match yesterday.
    7. Tom has been living here _____ (for/since/ in) six years.
    8. We would go camping _____ (although/ if / but) the weather were fine.

    III. Sound:

    1. A. sound B. touch C. down D. account
    2. A. design B. preserve C. basic D. physical
    3. A. occupation B. occasion C. shake D. miraculous
    4. A. concerned B. received C. attached D. concealed
    5. A. teacher B. clear C. reason D. mean

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. The remark was so unexpected that she didn’t know what to say.

    It was ………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. You’re the worst guitarist in the world.

    No one ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. It was a waste of time writing that letter.

    I needn’t ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. “Let’s check everything once more,” said the man in chief.

    The man in chief suggested ……………………………………………………………………

    1. Although the fish appears to be harmless, it is quite dangerous.

    Contrary ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. The students really appreciate the teacher’s sense of humor.

    What …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. It is acknowledged that Vietnam had a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of the epidemic.

    Vietnam is ……………………………………………………………………………………………

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. He didn’t remember anything about it, and neither did she.

    He forgot ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. We couldn’t have managed it if our father hadn’t encouraged us.

    If it ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I wish I had applied for that job.

    It is a …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

     

    Test 3

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. I’m sorry. I (not finish) …..this work yet.
    2. Poems as well as play (write) ………… by William Shakespeare.
    3. How many times you (be) …. to Van Mieu?
    4. They like (chat) ……… . They use the Internet very often.
    5. I (have) ………. a phone call while I (surf) …………… the wed yesterday.

    II. Multiple choice:

    1. In recent years, more and more people _____for things with credit cards.
    2. pay B. paid C. are paying        D. have been paying
    3. What people__Benetton stores is that the quality is always high.
    4. like B. like very much C. like about D. like a lot
    5. Paolo would like to ____by the time he is 40.
    6. travel B. be traveling C. be going to travel D. have traveled
    7. Poverty is a problem in many cities_____whole families can only afford to live in one room.
    8. when B. where C. even                 D. if
    9. The world would be a better place if everyone showed______cooperation as John.
    10. as much B. so much C. too much D. much
    11. He turned on the TV, ______I thought was rather surprising.
    12. and B. so C. that                  D. which
    13. My car would not start, _______Jenny’s started immediately.
    14. whereas B. though C. however D. nevertheless
    15. They stayed for hours, which I was very _______ .
    16. annoyed B. annoyed about C. annoying                   D. annoying me
    17. That was a very strange question _____ .
    18. you ask B. you are asking C. for asking D. to ask
    19. ____a movie to be entertaining, it has to have an interesting story.
    20. So that B. In order that C. In order for      D. In order to

    III. Sound:

    1. a. garbage b. standard           c. solar                 d. lunar
    2. a. covered b. installed           c. described          d. decorated
    3. a. chopstick b. charity              c. children            d. Christmas
    4. a. celebrate b. plumber           c. bulb                            d. blanket
    5. a. energy           b. generous           c. category            d. suggest

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. Would you please give me a hand?

    Would you mind ___________________________ ?

    1. I can’t understand him because he speaks so quickly.

    If he didn’t_________________________________ .

    1. Although he took a taxi, he arrived late for the concert.

    In spite of _________________________________ .

    1. The suitcase is so heavy that I can’t carry it.

    It is such ___________________________________ .

    1. People say that he is an excellent footballer.

    He is _______________________________________ .

     

     

     

    Test 4

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. If he saves up, he soon (be able) …………….. to afford a new car.
    2. What a mess! Duc’ toys (not put) …………………… away.
    3. If you feel like (stay) …………… with us, just send us a fax.
    4. My sister and I (stay) ……….. at our grandparents when we (meet) ………. our great grand aunt for the first time.

    II. Multiple choice:

    1. He ……………… the office when I arrived.
    2. was leaving b. has left c. should leave      d. leaves
    3. He tried to prevent the cat …………… running into the road.
    4. to b. from c. against              d. for
    5. Listen to what I am saying, ……………………….?
    6. don’t you b. do you c. did you             d. will you
    7. The pencil ………….. I write is made in China.
    8. with which b. by which c. which                d. that
    9. I’d rather you … at home tonight.
    10. stay b. to stay c. stayed               d. staying
    11. These houses……100 years ago.
    12. are built b. built c. were built                   d. build
    13. My family has decided….. Da Lat in the summer.
    14. to visit b. visit c.visited                d. visits
    15. If he ….. hard, he will fail the final exam.
    16. works b. doesn’t work c. didn’t work       d. worked
    17. I don’t know how to drive this car. I wish I ………………….. it.
    18. could drive b. drive c. can                    d. will drive
    19. How ………………. is your house from here?
    20. many b. much c. long                  d. far
    11. He thinks we’ve invited too many guests, but I say the more the __.
    A. nicer                B. happier               C. merrier               D. greater
    12. John has taken ___ swimming as he wants to keep fit.
    A. up                    B. on                       C. in                        D. off
    13. You smell awful! It’s about time you ___ a bath.
    A. have                 B. will have             C. had                     D. to have
    14. Lack of funds prevented him ___ with his studies.
    A. to continue       B. with continuing C. continue D. from continuing
    15. Is she a friend of ___ ?
    A. yours                B. you                     C. your                   D. you’re

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. Barbara cooks better than Mike does.

    Mike doesn’t __________________________________ .

    1. She asked, “How many Japanese students are there in your class, Tom?”

    She asked Tom ________________________________ .

    1. Julia has been working for this company for six years.

    Julia started ___________________________________ .

    1. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.

    I am used ……………………………………………………………………….

    1. Larry didn’t buy the shirt because she didn’t have enough money.

    If Larry …………………………………………………………………………………..

    Test 5

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. Viet Nam …..(be) a country which exports a lot of rice.
    2. The house where the dead man was found is being guarded by the police to prevent it from (enter) ……….. .
    3. Mrs. Parker (be) ……….. an English teacher for twenty-nine years. She first (start) ……………. teaching English at a small school in the countryside. After (teach) ………….. there for ten years, she (move)……………. to a big city.
    4. They have lived in that house since it (build) …………. .
    5. Mary (work) ……….. with her own computer when she was a student at university.

    II. Multiple choice:

    1. He was offered the job …………… his qualifications were poor.
    2. despite b. even though     c. in spite              d. whereas
    3. It was raining very …………. so I took my umbrella.
    4. wet b. badly c. hard                  d. firmly
    5. Hurry up or you’ll be late _____ school.
    6. on B. in C. to                     D. for
    7. May I introduce you _____ Mrs. Brown?
    8. for B. with C. to                     D. of
    9. _____ the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.
    10. Most of B. Most C. Many               D. The number of
    11. He’s always busy. He has _____ time to relax.
    12. much B. little C. a little              D. plenty of
    13. Don’t be afraid. This snake is _____ .
    14. harm B. harmful C. harmless                    D. unharmed
    15. Fortunately, the plane landed _____ after the violent storm.
    16. safe B. safely C. unsafe              D. safety
    17. During his _____, his family lived in the United States.
    18. child B. childish C. childlike           D. childhood
    19. She did the job_____ .
    20. succeed B. successful           C. successfully     D. unsuccessful

    III. Sound:

    1. A. equality B. difficulty                    C. simplicity                   D. discovery
    2. A. tenant B. common C. rubbish            D. machine
    3. A. animal B. bacteria            C. habitat             D. pyramid
    4. A. writer B. teacher C. builder             D. career
    5. A. company B. atmosphere C. customer                   D. employment

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. Jack London/ life and writings/ represent/ American/ love/adventure

     …………………………………………………………………….

    1. Jack London/ born / San Francisco/ 1876

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He/ quit/ school/ fourteen/ become/ sailor

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He/ travel/ good/ deal/ during/ short/ lifetime

     ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. He/ travel/ many/ place/ Europe/ United States/ Far East

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………….

     

    Test 6

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given

    1. Many buildings in our city (heat) ……………. by solar energy in 2050.
    2. My brother prefers (play) …. foot ball to watching it.
    3. My friends (wait) ……. for me when I got to the stadium.
    4. Nothing (do) …….. since he moved here.
    5. To avoid (attack) …… again, the millionaire hired some guards.

    II. Multiple choices:

    Mary had to go to New York last week, but she almost 1 (miss) the plane. She 2 (stand)

    in the queue at the check-in desk when she suddenly 3 (realize) that she 4 (leave) her

    passport at home. Fortunately, she 5 (not/live) very far from the airport, so she 6 (have)

    time to take a taxi home to get it.

    1. A. missed B. was missing     C. had missed       D. had been missing
    2. A. stood              B. had stood                  C. was standing    D. had been standing
    3. A. was realizing B. realized            C. had realized     D. would realize
    4. A. was leaving     B. left                             C. had left            D. would leave
    5. A. hadn’t lived B. hasn’t lived      C. isn’t living        D. doesn’t live
    6. A. has B. had                            C. had had            D. has had
    7. May I introduce you _____ Mrs. Brown?
    8. for                   B. with                 C. to                     D. of
    9. Fortunately, the plane landed _____ after the violent storm.
    10. safe B. safely               C. unsafe              D. safety
    11. We set off early _____ we wouldn’t get stuck in the traffic.
    12. because B. so that             C. although                    D. in case
    13. He felt _____ with the results of his exam.
    14. disappointing B. disappointed C. disappointedly          D. disappointment

    III. True or false?

    A

    ir pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other sources create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution threatens the health of the people who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution when they are poured into the waterways. These wastes kill fish and make some areas unfit for swimming. In addition, many large cities have difficulties in disposing of their garbage. The amount of garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly filling up. Citizens, governments, industries, scientists, and business people must work together in different ways to gradually reduce pollution. For example, most cities have introduced recycling programmes.

    ¨1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution.

    ¨2. Air pollution doesn’t endanger people’s health in some cities.

    ¨3. Air pollution is the only problem of the environment mentioned in this passage.

    ¨4. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities.

    ¨5. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution.

    ¨6. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only.

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences:

    1. In spite of taking a taxi, he arrived late for the meeting.

    – Even though  _________________________________ .

    1. It is such a heavy box that I can’t carry it.

    – The box is ___________________________________ .

    1. He is said to be an excellent footballer.

    – People say that  _______________________________________ .

     

    Test 7

    I: Give the correct form of verbs in brackets:

    1. Listen to these students! What language they (speak) …..?
    2. What you (do) …. If you had a lot of money?
    3. Did you advise Jane (join) …… in the Vietnamese speaking contest?
    4. Who (carry) ….. your bag when you climb Mount Phanxipang?
    5. In Viet Nam, it (not snow) ….. in winter except for Sa Pa and Lang Son.
    6. We (always/ make) ………. to work hard by our parents.
    7. Their grandparents prefer (watch) …. basketball to (play) ….. it.
    8. My friends (wait) ……. for me when I got to the stadium.
    9. Nothing (do) …….. since he moved here.
    10. To avoid (attack) …… again, the millionaire hired some guards.

    II Choose the best answer:

    1. When ….. a dictionary, you need to be able to understand the symbols and the abbreviations it contains.
    2. using b. having used c. to use                d. use
    3. How can I know …. book is yours? They are so alike.
    4. what b. which c. this                             d. the
    5. …… Paul brings the money for lunch, we’ll go right down the cafeteria.
    6. Since b. Now that c. As soon as        d. Until
    7. If I …. you, I …… some rest before the game tomorrow.
    8. am/will take b. was/ would take c. would be/ would take   d. were/ would take
    9. You’ve never been to Nha Trang, …..?
    10. Have you b. haven’t you c. you have           d. you haven’t
    11. She will visit us as soon as she arrives ….. Thai nguyen City.
    12. at b. in c. on                     d. to
    13. The smaller the room is, the ….. furniture it needs.
    14. fewer b. smaller c. less                             d. more
    15. Who is the …. of the three girls?
    16. pretty b prettier c. more pretty       d. prettiest
    17. The secretary to ….. I talked didn’t know where the meeting was.
    18. whom b. which c. that                             d. who
    19. I have to be present at eight o’clock and so ……. .
    20. are you b. do you c. have you           d. you do

    III Combine these pairs of sentences, using the cue words:

    1. The road was very busy. We couldn’t drive fast. (so)

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The woman seems very lonely. Her husband and children are away.(whose)

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I recently went back to the school. I studied at that school.(where)

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The coffee was very bitter. My wife couldn’t drink it.(too)

    …………………………

    IV. Sound:

    1 A. hear              B. clear                 C. bear                 D. ear

    2 A. heat              B. great                C. beat                  D. beak

    3 A. blood            B. pool                 C. food                 D. tool

    4 A. university     B. unique              C. unit                            D. undo

    5 A. mouse                     B. could                C. would              D. put

    Test 8

    I. Read, then answer the questions below

    Mozart, who was born on January 27, 1756 in the Austrian city of Salzburg, was neither the first nor the last child prodigy, but he was certainly the greatest. He was born into a moderately prosperous family where his unmatched musical genius made itself known extremely early. Mozart began learning to play the harpsichord at three and his earliest known work was composed in 1761 when he was five, the age at which he also first appeared in public. From the age of six, when his father took him on the first foreign tour, Mozart toured the courts and musical centres of Austria, Germany, France, England, Holland, Switzerland and Italy. It has been calculated that Mozart spent almost a third of his short life – he died at the age of 35 – travelling. As Mozart matured, he continued to tour and give concerts. Mozart also wrote a lot of operas. His first opera, Mitridate, Re di Ponto, was performed in Milan when he was 14, and it was the first of many successes in the theatre.

    1. How rich was Mozart’s family?

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    2. When did he take the first step into the world of music as a composer?

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    3. What did he do on his first tour to some major European countries?

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    4. Why is it possible to name Mozart “A travelling composer”?

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    5 What expression in the passage means “an exceptionally clever child”?

     ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    II. Give the correct form of the words given:

    1. The duty of the police is the _____ of law and order. (MAINTAIN)

    ………………… …………..

    1. Our tomatoes are _____ nicely; they’ll be ready to eat in about a week. (RIPE)

     …………………………………………………………………

    1. Look at this picture of Bill and his father – you can see the _____ clearly, can’t you? (LIKE) ….. …………..
    2. He said ‘Good morning’ in a most _____ way. (FRIEND) …………..
    3. Playing for the national team for the first time was an _____ experience for Hong Son. (FORGET) …………..
    4. ‘This is not a good essay,’ said the lecturer. ‘I find your arguments _____ ‘. (CONVINCE) …………..
    5. It’s a lovely old house, I agree, but can we afford to …….. it? (MODERN) ……………
    6. George and I have been friends since _____: he used to live next door. (CHILD) …………..
    7. In winter it is important for farmers to provide food and _____ for their animals. (WARM) …………..
    8. Pele _____ Ronaldo to take part in 2002 World Cup. (COURAGE) ……….

    III. Rewrite:

    1. It’s common knowledge that he has been in prison several times.

     He is known ……………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I regret not paying much attention to the lecture.

     I wish ………………………………………………………………………………………

     

     

     

    Test 9

    I. Write:

    1. 1897/ Jack London/ 21/ year/ old/ gold/ discover/ Alaska ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
    2. He/ answer/ call/ adventure ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
    3. He/ take/ part/ famous/ ‘gold rush’ ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
    4. experiences/ wild/ northern country/ provide/ material/ many/later/ stories/ novels ……………………………………………………………………………………………….
    5. best-known/ novels/ include/ The Call of the Wild/ The Sea-Wolf …………………………………………………………………………………….

    II. Multiple choices:

    1. What beautiful eyes _______!
    2. does she have B. she has C. has she D. she doesn’t have
    3. Make exercise a part of your daily _______.
    4. regularity B. chore                C. routine             D. frequency
    5. _______ the storm, the ship couldn’t reach its destination on time.
    6. In case of B. In spite of                  C. Because of                 D. But for
    7. He completely _______ with what I said.
    8. accepted B. complained C. agreed              D. argued
    9. I finished my homework a few days ahead _______ the deadline.
    10. of B. to C. by                              D. at
    11. He hurried _______ he wouldn’t be late for class.
    12. since B. as if C. unless              D. so that
    13. If she _______ rich, she would travel around the world.
    14. would be B. is C. has been                    D. were
    15. Mary was the last applicant _______.
    16. to be interviewed B. to be interviewing C. to interview     D. to have interviewed
    17. Argentina _______ Mexico by one goal to nil in the match.
    18. beat B. scored C. won                 D. knocked
    19. There should be no discrimination on _______ of sex, race or religion.
    20. fields B. places C. areas                D. grounds
    21. The cat was _______ to wait for the mouse to come out of its hole.
    22. patient enough B. so patient C. enough patient          D. too patient
    23. I can’t find my purse anywhere; I must _______ it at the cinema.
    24. leave B. have left C. be leaving                  D. have been leaving

    III. Complete each of the following sentences by choosing the best option

    1. English belongs ….. ( from / to/ on) those who use it.
    2. Clean air provides us ….. ( for/ at/ with) a healthy supply of oxygen.
    3. My brother is very interested ….. ( in / at / with) chess but he is not very good at it.
    4. I don’t think he was present …… ( about/ in/ at) the meeting yesterday.
    5. Are you serious …… ( for/ about/ with) learning to be an architect?
    6. She has become very famous …… (for/ at/ on) her novels.
    7. My father often goes to church _____ (with/ at / on) Sundays.
    8. Surfing is one way _____ (of / at/ on) spending free time in Australia.

     

     

     

     

    Test 10

     Multiple choices:

    1. _______ of the workers has his own work.
    2. Every B. Each C. Other                         D. All
    3. The numbers add _______ to 70.
    4. off B. up                              C. in                               D. out
    5. The equipment in our office needs _______.
    6. moderner B. modernizing     C. modernized                D. modernization
    7. He felt _______ when he failed the exams the second time.
    8. discouraged B. annoyed C. undecided                            D. determined
    9. I have bought a present for my mother, and now I need some _______.
    10. paper wrapper B. wrap paper           C. wrapped paper                   D. wrapping paper
    11. Computer is one of the most important _______ of the 20th century.
    12. inventing B. inventories                 C. inventions                           D. inventors
    13. If they are not careful with their accounts, their business will go _______.
    14. poor B. bankrupt C. penniless                             D. broken
    15. It was really kind _______ you to help those poor people.
    16. by B. of C. at                               D. to
    17. Do you know _______?
    18. what wrong was it with B. what’s wrong with it
    19. what wrong was with it D. what wrong is it with
    20. If you had taken my advice, you _______ in such difficulties.
    21. won’t be B. hadn’t been           C. wouldn’t be               D. wouldn’t have been
    22. Hair colour is one of _______ characteristics to be used in identifying people.
    23. the most obviously B. most obvious
    24. obviously the most D. the most obvious
    25. I would appreciate it _______ what I have told you a secret.
    26. you can keep B. that you kept C. you will keep             D. if you kept
    27. My cat would not have bitten the toy fish _______ it was made of rubber.
    28. if she has known           B. if she should know
    29. had she known D. if she knew
    30. I wish I hadn’t said it. If only I could _______.
    31. turn the clock round B. turn the clock down
    32. turn the clock back D. turn the clock forward
    33. _______, the results couldn’t be better.
    34. No matter what he tried hard B. No matter how hard he tried
    35. Although very hard he tried D. Despite how hard he tried
    36. He gave me his personal _______ that his draft would be ready by Friday.
    37. endurance B. insurance                   C. assurance                  D. ensurance
    38. They will stay there for some days if the weather _______ fine.
    39. would be B. was           C. is                               D. will be
    40. Many people like the slow _______ of life in the countryside.
    41. step B. pace C. speed                         D. space
    42. I am used to _____ by plane.
    43. travel B. to travel C. travelled                              D. travelling
    44. There are a lot of _____ jobs in this company.
    45. attractive B. attracted                    C. attract                        D. attraction

     

    Test 11

    I. Read, then choose the best answer (A,B,C or D) to complete the gap”

    T

    he next generation of telephone users will probably laugh (1)______ we explain how we used to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to (2)______ a phone call. Mobile communications, already highly advanced compared with a decade ago, will

    completely change communications in the next few years. (3)______ there are millions of people using mobile phones, most people know (4)______ about the mobile telecommunications industry and its technology. There are three types of mobile phone. These are hand portables, pocket-sized hand portables and transportables. The

    smallest and most popular are the pocket-sized hand portables. These work on rechargeable batteries, which allow an (5)______ of up to 80 minutes’ conversation. Mobiles that are fitted permanently in a vehicle do not (6)______ on separate batteries. They require an external aerial on the vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal with clearer (7)______. Transportation has a high power capability and can be used (8)______ anywhere. They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous use and may also be put (9)______ a vehicle, using its electrics. They (10)______ to be bulkier than hand portables.

    1. A. unless           B. when                C. while                D. whether
    2. A. make B. give                  C. take                  D. do
    3. A. In addition B. Because C. As a result                 D. Although
    4. A. little B. some                C. few                             D. lots
    5. A. amount           B. account            C. activity            D. average
    6. A. rely B. create               C. carry                D. insist
    7. A. wave B. letter                C. speech              D. speed
    8. A. mostly           B. hardly              C. most                D. almost
    9. A. on with           B. into                            C. up with            D. in to
    10. A. used B. have C. tend                 D. are

    II. Multiple choices: Which one is the same as the root?

    1: “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.

    1. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    2. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    3. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
    4. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house

    2: He last had his eyes tested ten months ago.

    1. He had tested his eyes ten months before.
    2. He had not tested his eyes for ten months then.
    3. He hasn’t had his eyes tested for ten months.
    4. He didn’t have any test on his eyes in ten months.

    3: “You should have finished the report by now,” John told his secretary.

    1. John reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
    2. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
    3. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
    4. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report.

    4: “If I were you, I would take the job,” said my room-mate.

    1. My room-mate was thinking about taking the job.
    2. My room-mate advised me to take the job.
    3. My room-mate introduced the idea of taking the job to me.
    4. My room-mate insisted on taking the job for me.

    Test 12

    II. Multiple choices: Which one is the same as the root?

    1. “It’s too stuffy in this room, isn’t it?” said the guest.
    2. The guest suggested that the room should be aired.
    3. The guest remarked that the room should be aired.
    4. The guest said that the room was too crowded.
    5. The guest said that there was too much stuff in the room.
    6. “Cigarette?” he asked. “No, thanks.” I said.
    7. He asked for a cigarette, and I immediately refused.
    8. He mentioned a cigarette, so I thanked him.
    9. He offered me a cigarette, but I promptly declined.
    10. He asked if I was smoking, and I denied at once.
    11. The doctor said, “You really ought to rest for a few days, Jasmine.”
    12. Jasmine’s doctor insisted that she should rest for a few days.
    13. The doctor suggested that Jasmine should take a short rest.
    14. It is the doctor’s recommendation that Jasmine rested shortly.
    15. The doctor strongly advised Jasmine to take a few days’ rest.
    16. “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” said Ivan.
    17. Ivan apologized to Gloria for borrowing her money.
    18. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
    19. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money.
    20. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.
    21. The children couldn’t go swimming because the sea was too rough.
    22. The children were not calm enough to swim in the sea.
    23. The sea was rough enough for the children to swim in.
    24. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming.
    25. The sea was too rough to the children’s swimming.
    26. “Would you like to come to my birthday party, Sarah?” asked Frederic.
    27. Frederic invited Sarah to his birthday party.
    28. Frederic asked if Sarah was able to come to his birthday party.
    29. Frederic asked Sarah if she liked his birthday party or not.
    30. Frederic reminded Sarah of his coming birthday party.

    II. Sound:

    1. a. gemstone b. imagine            c. organism          d. generous
    2. a. covered b. installed           c. described          d. decorated
    3. a. identify b. typhoon c. terrify                d. crazy
    4. a. celebrate b. plumber           c. bulb                            d. blanket
    5. a. creature b. appear              c. reason               d. teacher

    IV. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words in brackets:

    1. Although the weather was bad, we went to school on time.(spite)

    …………………………

    1. Unless he changes his way of living, he’ll meet a lot of troubles. (if)

    …………………………..

    1. It’s important to do the homework.

    – Doing the homework………………….

    1. No one in this class is more intelligent than Peter.

    – Peter …………………….

    1. She isn’t old. She cannot get married.(combine using “enough”)

    …………………………..

    Test 13

    Which is the best sentence from the words given?

    1: opinion/ election/ fair

    1. My opinion was fair about the election.
    2. In my opinion, I think the election was fair.
    3. According to my opinion, the election was fair.
    4. In my opinion, the election was fair.

    2: you/ really/ be/ able/ dress/ yourself/ age

    1. You must really be able of dressing yourself in your age.
    2. You should really be able to dress yourself at your age!
    3. You have really been able of dressing yourself by your age.
    4. You are really able of dressing yourself this age!

    3: provide/ your handwriting/ legible/ test scorer/ accept/ your answer

    1. Providing your handwriting is legible, the test scorer does not accept your answer.
    2. Provided for your legible handwriting, the test scorer has to accept your answer.
    3. Provided that your handwriting is legible, your answer will be accepted by any test scorer.
    4. Providing with your legible handwriting, every test scorer must accept your answer.

    4: imagine/ who/ happen/ run into/ yesterday/just

    1. You imagine just who happened to run into us yesterday!
    2. Have you just imagined who happened to run into me yesterday?
    3. Could you imagine who just happened to run into us yesterday?
    4. Just imagine who I happened to run into yesterday!

    5: Jack/ recover/ quickly/ his serious illness

    1. Jack was recovered very quickly from his serious illness.
    2. Jack has recovered quite quickly from his serious illness.
    3. Jack will recover quite quickly after his serious illness.
    4. Jack recovered more quickly over his serious illness.

    6: be/ clear/ what/ expect/ you

    1. Are you clear about your expectation?
    2. Are you clear what is expected of you to do?
    3. Are your expectations clear?
    4. Are you clear what is expected of you?

    7: hilltop/ have/ good/ view/ our village

    1. The hilltop can make our village views better.
    2. From the hilltop, our village can be well viewed.
    3. From the hilltop, we can have a better view of our village.
    4. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.

    8: students/ remember/ deadline for entries/ final test

    1. All the students surely remember the deadline for entries for the final test.
    2. All the students must remember well the deadline for entries for the final test.
    3. All the students should remember clearly the deadline for entries for the final test.
    4. All of the students can certainly remember the deadline for entries for the final test.

    9: man/ sentence/ 15 years/ prison/ he/ prove/ guilty

    1. The man will get a sentence for himself to15 years in prison if he proves himself guilty.
    2. The man was sentenced about 15 years in prison and proved himself guilty.
    3. The man was sentenced to 15 years in prison because he had been proved guilty.
    4. The man’d make his final sentence after 15 years in prison as he proved himself guilty.

    10: school-leavers/ choose/ college/ employment/ immediate

    1. School-leavers can choose either college or immediate employment.
    2. School-leavers can make a choice among college and employment immediately.
    3. School-leavers can choose either college and employment immediately.
    4. School-leavers can make an immediate choice of neither college nor employment

    Test 14

    Question I. Give the correct form of the words in brackets

    1. 1. Marie Curie’s _____ (DISCOVER) of radium made her famous.
    2. She’s fed up with _____ (DO) nothing all day.
    3. There are not many _____ (DIFFER) between American and British English.
    4. 4. This man gets _____ (EMPLOYMENT) benefit because he has no job now.
    5. These animals are in danger of _______ (EXTINCT).
    6. He has _____ (SUCCEED) in giving up smoking.

    Question II. Read the letter and answer the questions

    Dear Mom,

    This is just a quick note to tell you how the holiday is going.

    We’re staying in a nice hotel in a quiet part of town, so you can imagine how we feel. As you know, this is a small city, and the people are very kind and friendly. We have had some good weather since we got here, so we are feeling very happy. We have seen some of the beautiful sights and a few museums, and we thought they were very impressive. Yesterday we decided to go for a swim, and we went to a nice beach where the water was blue and clean. Last night, we had a delicious meal in a wonderful restaurant. The food and services were excellent. When the bill came, we could hardly believe it, as it was so cheap. As our hobbies are sightseeing and swimming, we enjoyed the holiday so much.

    Anyway, I’d better stop, but I’ll write again soon.

    Love,

    Mary & John

    1. Where are Mary and John staying?
    2. What are the people in the city like?
    3. Has the weather been very bad there?
    4. Where did Mary and John go for a swim?
    5. Did they pay a lot for their delicious meal ?

    Question III. Fill in each space with a suitable word

    B

    ritish and American English have a lot of words which look the same but have different meanings. Nobody ever gets ….(.1)…trouble if they make a mistake, although you may get a strange look if you ask for the wrong clothes. There are some American English words that the British don’t use at …. (2)…. . However, most of the …. (3)…. between British and American English are small. You can usually understand what words …..(4)….. from the context.

    Question IV. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence

    1. “Please sit down,” the teacher said to me.

    The teacher asked me ……………………………… .

    1. Let’s go camping tomorrow.

    Why don’t ………………………………………… ?

    1. I fell asleep because the film was boring.

    The film was so …………………………………………. .

    1. “ What are you doing?”, she asked me.

    She wondered ………………………………………………………….

    1. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.

    I am used ……………………………………………………………………….

     

    Test 15

    I. Give the correct form of the words provided:

    1. _____ ______is one of the qualities required of a social worker. (FLEXIBLE)
    2. Novelists are among the most _____ people in the world. (IMAGINE)
    3. Secondary education is _____ and free in many countries. (COMPEL)
    4.. The song has _____ been selected for the Sea Games 22, Vietnam. (OFFICE)
    5.. _____ are doing their best to make people aware of the danger of air pollution.

    (ENVIRONMENT)

     

    6. Your father is a bit _____. I think he should go on a diet.  (WEIGH)

     

    Question II. Read the passage and answer the questions below

    T

    he search for alternative resources of energy has resulted in various directions. Many communities are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity. Changing waste products into gases or oil is also an efficient way to dispose of waste. Experimental work is being done to make synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars. But to date, that process has proved expensive. Other experiments are underway to harness power with giant windmills. Geothermal power, heat from the earth, is also being tested.

    Some experts are trying to revive hydroelectric power which is derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago, hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four per cent. The oceans are another source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity. Experiments are also underway to make use of temperature differences in ocean water to produce energy.

    1. What are many communities doing to produce electricity?

    ………………………….

    1. Has the process of making synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars proved cheap?

    …………………………..

    1. Where is hydroelectric power derived from?

    ……………………..

    1. What percentage of the electricity used in the United States does hydroelectric power provide today? ………………….

    …………………………

    Question III. Fill in each space with a suitable word

    1. British and American English have a lot of words which look the same but have different meanings. Nobody ever gets ….(.1)…trouble if they make a mistake, although you may get a strange look if you ask for the wrong clothes. There are some American English words that the British don’t use at …. (2)…. . However, most of the …. (3)…. between British and American English are small. You can usually understand what words …..(4)….. from the context.

    1,…;2,…;3,……;4,…..

     

    1. Rivers are one of the world’s most important natural 1. _____. Many cities are on large rivers, and almost every country 2. _____ at least one river that plays an important part 3. ____ the lives of its people. Besides transportation, rivers supply food, water for crops, water to drink, 4. _____ opportunities for recreation.
    2. …/2. ../3. ……/4. …….

     

     

    Test 16

    I. Give the correct form of the verbs given:

    T

    he search for alternative resources of energy (result) 1. ….. in various directions. Many communities (burn) 2. … garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity. Changing waste products into gases or oil is also an efficient way to dispose of waste. Experimental work  (do) 3 … to make synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars. But to date, that process (prove) 4. …. expensive. Other experiments are underway to harness power with giant windmills. Geothermal power, heat from the earth, (also/ test) 5. …… . Some experts are trying to revive hydroelectric power which (derive) 6. ……. from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago, hydroelectric power (provide) 7.  ….. one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it (supply) 8. …… only four per cent. The oceans are another source of energy. Scientists (study) 9. …… ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity. Experiments are also underway to make use of temperature differences in ocean water

    (produce) 10. …. energy.

    1. ….. 2…… 3. ….. 4. …… 5. ….
    6…… 7…… 8…… 9…… 10…..

    II. Read and write the answers to the questions below:

    F

    or thousands of years, the ancient art form of Feng Shui has played a major role in Chinese life. Feng Shui means ‘wind and water’ and it is based on an appreciation of the relationship between people and the environment. It involves changing the design of your living or working space to improve your fortune For instance, soon after a Hong Kong millionaire moved his business to a new skyscraper, his business began to do very badly. He immediately called in Feng Shui experts. They told him that because his new office block was round, it was like a huge cigarette, and all the energy was burning off through the roof. They said that the only thing he could do to prevent this loss of energy was to build a swimming pool on the roof. The millionaire followed their advice, and his business immediately started to do well.

    In recent years, Feng Shui has become popular in many western countries, where companies such as B&Q have started to seek advice from Feng Shui experts. Before his store was opened, Brian Ingliss, the manager of one of B & Q’s stores in Britain, consulted a Feng Shui expert. The expert advised him to create a lot of free space around the store. Brian followed the advice, and within a year, the store was the most successful B&Q store in the country.

    1. What kind of relationship does Feng Shui concern? ______________________________________________________
    2. According to Feng Shui, what’s wrong with a round building? ______________________________________________________
    3. What did the Feng Shui expert advise Brian to do? ______________________________________________________
    4. How did Brian’s store benefit from following this advice? ______________________________________________________
    5. What can be said about the writer’s attitude towards Feng Shui? ______________________________________________________

     

     

     

     

    Test 17

    Multiple choices

    U

    pon the creation of the United States, one of the core concepts on which the hopes for the new democracy were pinned was the ideal that its citizens would be enlightened individuals with clearly articulated rights and the opportunity for individual achievement and education. It was believed that in a free nation where the power belongs to the people, the commitment to education defines the progress of that democracy and is the catalyst for future progress. This core value has not only stood the test of time but has also grown in importance. In this new Information Era and international economy, education is an increasingly vital commodity, a precursor of potential success and a driving force of change. It is important to recognize, however, that we approach education today differently than in the past, partly because the kinds of jobs people had didn’t require the kind of basic education and specialized training that is often required in the workforce today. In the 1950s, for instance, only 20 percent of American jobs were classified as professional, 20 percent as skilled, and 60 percent as unskilled. Today, our world has changed. The proportion of unskilled jobs has fallen to 20 percent, while skilled jobs now account for at least 60 percent of the workforce. Even more important, almost every job today increasingly requires a combination of academic knowledge and practical skills that require learning throughout a lifetime.

    1: Education is defined in this passage as a driving force of change because ______.

    1. without education, no changes could have happened in American society so far
    2. the government of the United States want to drive social changes in their own ways
    3. education has helped to bring about and orient most changes in the American workforce
    4. any American citizen who wants to change his driving licence must be very well-educated

    2: The passage shows the percentage of jobs that require higher training in the US _______ between the 1950s and now.

    1. has remained the same B. has changed dramatically
    2. has been reversed D. has changed slightly

    3: The phrase “enlightened individuals” in the first sentence most likely means “people who _______.”

    1. always appear brilliant-looking in public B. have often been well-exposed to light
    2. have acquired an adequate level of education D. bring light to anywhere they go

    4: In order to become a good American citizen today, in the author’s point of view, any individual must _______.

    1. know well all his/her rights and be ready to grasp his/her opportunity of success in life
    2. study carefully the history of American educational and vocational systems even since their creation
    3. understand thoroughly the combination of academic knowledge and practical skills
    4. move actively forward in the new Information Era and international economy with a prestigious diploma

    5: Which of the following titles would be best for the passage?

    1. Education and Jobs in the Past and at Present in the United States
    2. The Significant Role of Education in American Citizens’ Careers
    3. Academic Knowledge and Practical Skills in American Professions
    4. Recent Changes of Educational and Vocational Systems in America

     

     

     

     

     

    Test 18

    I. Read, then do the alternation below:

    Sometimes you know things about people the first time you see them, for example, that you want to be friends with them or that you don’t trust them. But perhaps this kind of intuition isn’t as hard to explain as it may seem. For instance, people give out body language signals all the time. The way you hold your body, head and arms tells people about your mood. If you hold your arms tightly at your sides, or fold them across your chest, people will generally feel that you are being defensive. Holding your head to one side shows interest in the other, while an easy, open posture indicates that you are self-confident. All this affects the way you feel about someone.

    Also, a stranger may remind you of a meeting with someone. This may be because of something as simple as the fact that he or she is physically similar to someone who treated you well or badly. Your feelings about a stranger could be influenced by a smell in the air that brings to mind a place where you were happy as a child. Since even a single word can bring back a memory such as that, you may never realize it is happening.

    1. What does the word “open” in the passage most closely mean?
    2. Unrestrained. B. Relaxed. C. Confined.                   D. Unlimited.
    3. What influences your impression of a person you meet the first time?
    4. Intuition. B. Familiarity.      C. Knowledge.      D. Feeling.
    5. What one feels about a stranger may be influenced by something that ________.
    6. strengthens one’s past behaviours           B. reminds one of one’s past treatment
    7. revives one’s past memories D. points to one’s childhood
    8. What does the second paragraph discuss?
    9. Meanings of signals one implies towards a stranger.
    10. Factors that may influence one’s feelings about a stranger.
    11. How people usually behave to a stranger.
    12. Factors that cause people to act differently.
    13. Intuition described in the passage can be explained by means of _________.
    14. styles B. languages           C. patterns           D. behaviours

     

    II. Give the correct form of the verbs given:

    For thousands of years, the ancient art form of Feng Shui  (play) 1. ….. a major role in Chinese life. Feng Shui means ‘wind and water’ and it (base) 2. ……. on an appreciation of the relationship between people and the environment. It (involve) 3. …… changing the design of your living or working space to improve your fortune For instance, soon after a Hong Kong millionaire (move) 4. ……. his business to a new skyscraper, his business (begin) 5…. to do very badly. He immediately called in Feng Shui experts. They (tell) 6……  him that because his new office block was round, it was like a huge cigarette, and all the energy was burning off through the roof. They said that the only thing he could do to prevent this loss of energy was (build) 7…… a swimming pool on the roof. The millionaire followed their advice, and his business immediately started  (do) 8. …..well.

    In recent years, Feng Shui (become) 9. ……. popular in many western countries, where companies such as B&Q have started to seek advice from Feng Shui experts. Before his store was opened, Brian Ingliss, the manager of one of B & Q’s stores in Britain, consulted a Feng Shui expert. The expert advised him (create) 10. …….. a lot of free space around the store. Brian followed the advice, and within a year, the store was the most successful B&Q store in the country.

    1……. 2…… 3……. 4…… 5……
    6….. 7…… 8…… 9…… 10……

    Test 19

    I. Give the correct form of verbs given:

    1. My uncle (a. be) ………….. an engineer. He (b. be) …………… an engineer for fifteen years. He now (c. work) ……………. in a factory in Hai Duong. He likes (d.play) ……………. football. He (e. go) …………….. to play football once a week at an amateur football club in the town. Last month he (f. go) …………… to Singapore for a couple of days. He (g. stay) ………….. in a hotel by the sea and (h.swim) a lot. Since he (i. return) ……….. home, I (j. not see) …………. him. I hope to meet him soon.
    2. When he was a boy at school, Edison asked a lot of questions. The teacher (a.think) ………. he (b. be) ………….. stupid and she (c. send) …………… him home. Edison’s mother (d. teach) ……………. her son at home and he (e.begin) ………… to carry out a lot of experiments. He (f. earn) …………. money for his experiments by (g. garden) ………….. . Later he (h. work ) …….. on a train and continued (i.experiment) ………………. there. Unfortunately, in one of his experiments, he (j. set) ….. fire to the train.
    3. Tom Smith has musical talent, but he … (a. be) a very lazy boy. He always .. (b.get) up late, and he is seldom on time for school. When he … (c. know) that he …. (d. have) to work hard in school on a certain day, he . (e. stay) at home. If Tom … (f. be) wise, he .. (g. not try) so hard to avoid all the problems of his youth. He often says that he …. (h. wish) he had been born rich or he …. (i.complain) that if his great- grandfather hadn’t been unlucky, his family …. (j. be) rich now.
    4. Last night I decided …(a. go) to Sally’s birthday party. I was really nervous. I usually avoid …(b. go) to parties because I have trouble .. (c. remember) people’s name. Well, last night things were different. Before the party, I read a book about …(d. improve) your memory exercises. They really helped. As a result, I stopped ..(e. worry) what people would think of me, and I tried .(f. pay) attention to what people saying. And guess what? I had a good time! Now I do enjoy. (g. go) to parties.
    5. Minh said that he ……(be) a plumber.

    II. Rewrite:

    1, It’s important to do the homework.

    – Doing the homework………………….

    2, You don’t have a bike. You need a new bike.

    – I wish……………………….

    3, Lan is taller than Minh.

    – Minh…………………….

    4, No one in this class is more intelligent than Peter.

    – Peter …………………….

    5, John is Peter’s classmate.

    John and Peter……………………….

    6.How beautiful this girl was!

    -What………………………………………………………………………… .

    1. Will you please look after the house this evening? (care)

    …………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. My school has 19 classrooms.(in my school)

    -………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I’m very tired. I cannot write any more.(combine using “too”)

    -………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. She isn’t old. She cannot get married.(combine using “enough”)

    -………………………………………………………………………………….

     

    Test 20

    I. Sound:

    1. a. creature b. appear              c. reason               d. teacher
    2. a. identify b. typhoon c. terrify                d. crazy
    3. a. hole b. object c. spot                            d. solid
    4. a. exist b. public c. despite              d. mineral
    5. a. gemstone b. imagine            c. organism          d. generous
    6. a. garbage b. standard           c. solar                 d. lunar
    7. a. covered b. installed           c. described          d. decorated
    8. a. chopstick b. charity              c. children             d. Christmas
    9. a. celebrate b. plumber           c. bulb                            d. blanket
    10. a. energy b. generous           c. category            d. suggest

    II. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words in brackets:

    1. When I was a child, we lived in London.(used)

    -………………………….

    1. The police continued to watch the house. (went)

    -…………………………. .

    1. The last time I saw Tim was in 1987.(haven’t)

    -…………………………..

    1. The joke was funny, but no one laughed.(though)

    -……………………….

    1. This city had old buildings, but none can be found nowadays.(There)

    – ………………………………………..

    II. Give the correct form of verbs in brackets:

    1. He said new pipes ……(be) very expensive.
    2. Viet Nam …..(be) a country which exports a lot of rice.
    3. An express train(a. travel)………. at 95 m.p.h on the main line from London to Manchester last night when it (b. derail) …………… by a tree which (c. lie)………. on the line. Fortunately, no one (d. kill)………..  although 30 passengers (e. take)………………  to hospital (f. suffer)……………..  from minor injuries.
    4. A: In your places, I (a. go) …………. by air.

    B: If I (b. have) ……………… enough money, I (c. take) …………… your advice.

    1. The house where the dead man was found is being guarded by the police to prevent it from (enter) ……….. .

    III. Multiple choices:

    1. ___ I post that letter for you on my way to the office?
    A. Do              B. Shall            C. Would                D. Will
    2. He felt he’d really let his team ___ when he missed the penalty.
    A. out             B. in                  C. down                 D. off
    3. He’ll never pass his driving test ___ he takes some lessons.
    A. unless        B. if only           C. provided           D. if
    4. Opposite our house is a nice park ___ there are trees and flowers .
    A. which        B. where            C. whose                D. that
    5. If you want to help, perhaps you could ___ the table for dinner.
    A. put            B. lay                  C. spread               D. place

     

    Keys

    Test 1

    1. left/ has been working(has worked)
    2. sat/ rested
    3. get/ cleared
    4. installed/ use(are using)
    5. A. would go
    6. had/ would take
    1. b 2. c 3. c 4. c 5. b
    6. b 7. b 8. d 9. d 10. d

    III.

    1. a 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. b

    IV.

    1. I was very interested in the story.
    2. Your writing is not large enough for me to read.
    3. It is necessary to learn English.
    4. If it doesn’t rain, we will go there.
    5. The man was too surprised to speak.

     

    Test 2

    I.

    A 1. lost 2. has been 3. lost 4. was
    B 1. arrived 2. was waiting 3. was wearing 4. looked
    1. in 2. of 3. unless 4. on
    5. of 6. who 7. for 8. if

    III.

    1. B. touch 2. C. basic 3. D. miraculous 4. C. attached 5. B. clear

    IV.

    1. It was such an unexpected remark that she didn’t know what to say.
    2. No one in the world plays the guitar as badly as you (do).
    3. I needn’t have written that letter.
    4. The man in chief suggested checking everything once more.
    5. Contrary to its harmless, the fish is quite dangerous.
    6. What the students really appreciate is the teacher’s sense of humor.
    7. Viet Nam is acknowleged to have had a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of the epidemic.
    8. He forgot everything about it, and so did she.
    9. If it hadn’t been for my father’s encouragement, we couldn’t have managed it.
    10. It is a pity (that) I didn’t apply for that job.

    Test 3

    1. haven’t finished 2. were written 3. have you been
    2. chatting 5. had/ was surfing

    II.

    1. d 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. a
    6. d 7. a 8 b 9. d 10. c

    III.

    1. a 2.d 3. d 4. b 5. c
    1. Would you mind giving me a hand?
    2. If he didn’t speak so quickly, I could understand him.
    3. In spite of taking a taxi, he arrived late for the concert.
    4. It is such a heavy suitcase that I can’t carry it.
    5. He is said to be an excellent footballer.

    Test 4

    1. will soon be able 2. haven’t been put
    2. staying 4. were staying/ met 5. taught/ begin

    II.

    1. a 2. b 3. d 4. a 5. c
    6. c 7. a 8. b 9. a 10. d

    III.

    1. c 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. a

    IV.

    1. Mike doesn’t cook as well as Barbara (does).
    2. She asked Tom how many Japanese students there were in his class.
    3. Julia started working for this company six years ago.
    4. I am used to getting up late early in the morning.
    5. If Larry had had enough money, she would have bought the shirt.

    Test 5

    I.

    1. is 2. being entered
    2. has been/ started/ teaching/ moved
    3. was built 5. worked
    1. b 2. c 3. d 4. c 5. a
    6. b 7. c 8. b 9. d 10. c

    III.

    1. B 2. D 3. B 4. D 5. D

    IV.

    1. Jack Lodon’s life and writings are thought by many (people) to represent American love of adventure.
    2. Jack London was born in San Fracisco in 1876.
    3. He quit/ quitted school when he was 14 and became a sailor/ to become a sailor.
    4. He traveled a good great deal during his short lifetime.
    5. He traveled to many laces in Europe , the US and the Far East.

    Test 6

    1. will be heated 2. playing3 . were waiting
    2. has been done 5. being attacked

    II

    1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. D
    6. B  7. C 8. B 9. B 10. B

    III.

    1. T 2. F 3. F             4. T             5. T             6. F
    2. Even though he took a taxi, he arrived late for the meeting.
    3. The box is so heavy that I can’t carry it.
    4. People say that he is an excellent football player.

    Test 7

    1.are they speaking             2. would you do

    1. to join 4. will carry
    2. doesn’t snow 6. are always made
    3. watching/ playing 8. were waiting
    4. has been done 10. being attacked

    II.

    1. a 2. b 3. c 4. d 5. a
    6. b 7. c 8. d 9. a 10. b

    III.

    1. The road was so busy tha we couldn’t drive fast.
    2. The woman whose hucband and children are away seems very lonely.
    3. I recently went back to the school where I studied.
    4. The coffee was too bitter for my wife to drink.

    IV.

    1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. A

    Test 8

    I.

    1. His family was moderately properous/ not very rich
    2. At five./ in 1761 when he was five.
    3. He toured the courts and musical centres.
    4. Because he traveled a lot.
    5. A child prodigy.
    6. maitenance/ maintaining 7. ripening
    7. likeness 9. friendly/ unfriendly
    8. unforgetable 11. unconvincing
    9. modernise/ modernize 13. childhood
    10. warmth 15. encouraged

    III.

    1. He is known to have been in prison several times.
    2. I wish I had paid more attention to the lecture.

    Test 9

    I.

    1. In 1897, when Jack was 21, gold was discovered in Alska.
    2. He answered the call of adventure.
    3. He took part in the famous “gold rush”.
    4. His experiences in the wild northern country provided him with material for many of his later stories and novels.
    5. His best-known novels include/ included The Call of the wild and the Sea-wolf.

    II.

    1. B 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. A
    6. D 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. D
    11. A 12. B

    III.

    1. to 2. with 3. in 4. at
    5. about 6. for 7. on 8. of

    Test 10

    1. B 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. D
    6. C 7. B 8. B 9. B 10. D
    11. D 12. D 13. C 14. C 15. B
    16. C 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A

    Test 11

    I.

    1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. D
    6. A 7. C 8. D 9. B 10. C

    II.

    1. A 2. C 3. A 4. B

    Test 12

    I.

    1. A 2. C 3. D
    4. C 5. C 6. A

    II.

    1. c 2. d 3. d 4. b 5. b

    III.

    1. In spite of the bad weather, we went to school on time.
    2. If he doesn’t changes his way of living, he’ll meet a lot of trouble.
    3. Doing the homework is important.
    4. Peter is the most intelligent in this class.
    5. She isn’t old enough to get married.

     

    Test 13

    1. D 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. B
    6. D 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. A

     

    Test 14

    1. discovery 2. doing
    2. differences 4. unemployment
    3. extinctive 6. succeeded
    4. in a nice hotel.
    5. very kind and friendly
    6. No, it hasn’t.
    7. They went to a nice beach(for a swim).
    8. No, they didn’t.

    III.

    1. any 2. all 3. differences                  4. means

    IV.

    1. The teacher asked me to sit down.
    2. Why don’t we go camping tomorrow.
    3. The film was so boring that I fell asleep.
    4. She wondered what I was doing.
    5. I am used to getting up early in the morning.

     

    Test 15

    I.

    1. Fexibility 2. imaginative 3. compulsory
    2. officially 5. Envirometalists 6. overweight

     

     

  • Văn mẫu Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành

    Văn mẫu Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành

    Văn mẫu Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành

    Văn mẫu lớp 9

     Bình giảng bài Tống biệt hành

    BÀI LÀM

    Đời người và đời thơ của Thâm Tâm đều ngắn ngủi. Ngày 18.8.1950, nhà thơ mất trên

    đường hành quân tham gia chiến dịch Cao Bắc Lạng. Năm ấy, ông mới ba mươi tuổi.

    Còn nếu tính từ năm 1938, khi Thâm Tâm cùng gia đình lên Hà Nội kiếm sống bằng

    nghề vẽ tranh, viết văn, làm thơ thì “tuổi nghề” của ông vỏn vẹn chỉ 12 năm.

    Đã thế,Thâm Tâm làm thơ ít, số bài thơ bây giờ tập hợp được chỉ độ vài ba chục. Nhưng

    thơ Thâm Tâm khiến người đời nhớ mãi. Đây là không kể chuyện Thâm Tâm với các bài

    thơ về hoa ti gôn, màu hoa như tím vỡ, mọc vô vàn trên các bờ giậu nhưng khi có thơ,

    loài hoa ấy ai cũng phải ngắm nhìn một cách đặc biệt.

    Tống biệt hành là bài thơ đặc sắc nhất của Thâm Tâm , cũng là bài thơ Mới có nhiều ý

    kiến, bình giá khác nhau nhất và cơ hồ chưa phải đã kết thúc.

    Bài thơ được sáng tác vào năm 1940, không biết đích xác là ngày nào. Năm sau, được

    đưa vào tuyển thơ Thi nhân Việt Nam, với lời bình của Hoài Thanh:

    Thơ thất ngôn của bây giờ thực có khác thơ thất ngôn cổ phong. Nhưng trong bài dưới

    đây lại thấy sống lại cái không khí riêng của nhiều bài thơ cổ, điệu thơ gấp, lời thơ gắt.

    Câu thơ rắn rỏi, gân guốc. Không mềm mại, uyển chuyển như phần nhiều thơ bây giờ.

    Nhưng vẫn đượm chút bâng khuâng khó hiểu của thời đại.

    • kiến của Hoài Thanh thật xác đáng:Tống biệt hành vừa giống thơ cổ vừa không phải thơ cổ đượm chút bâng khuâng khó hiểu của thời đại. Đó cũng là lí do khiến từ bấy đến

    nay có biết bao ý kiến khác nhau về Tống biệt hành mà khổ nỗi lại là ý kiến của những

    người uyên thâm ,hoặc có quan hệ gần gũi với tác giả.

    Tên bài thơ:

    Tên bài thơ không có gì là khó hiểu, rõ ràng đằng khác: tiễn đưa nhau khi li biệt. Chỗ dễ

    gây khó hiểu duy nhất ở đây là chữ hành. Hành vừa có nghĩa là đi, dời đi, lại có nghĩa là

    khúc hát, bài ca. Bởi vậy, khi dịch nghĩa tên một số bài thơ Đường, người ta thường giữ

    nguyên chữ ấy như Trường Can hành (Thôi Hiệu), Lũng Tây hành (Trần Đào)… mặc dù

    Trường Can, Lũng Tây đều là địa danh. Xa hơn nữa , người ta thấy , hành là thể thơ vốn

    thịnh hành ở Trung Quốc thời Hán Nguỵ , Lục Triều, có cội nguồn từ trong Nhạc phủ ,

    tức những bài thơ có thể phổ nhạc , nhưng chỉ để dùng trong cung cấm. Do đó, Trường

    Can hành là một khúc Nhạc phủ , song cũng là tên một bài thơ của Đỗ Phủ . Nội dung hai

    bài hoàn toàn khác nhau. Khi thoát khỏi cung cấm, thể thơ hành trở nên phóng túng về

    hình thức để thể hiện rõ tình ý của người viết . Các bài thơ hành đời Đường viết về nhiều

    đề tài : tình yêu nam nữ , về chiến tranh , loạn lạc , chia li… Thời Đương , các bài thơ

    hành thường viết theo thể thất ngôn (Tì bà hành – Bạch Cư Dị, Trương Can hành – Lí

    Bạch), hoặc ngũ ngôn (Trường Can hành –Thôi Hiệu), nhưng cũng có trường hợp dài ,

    ngắn tuỳ ý (Binh xa hành – Đỗ Phủ).

    Sau đời Đường, trong văn học các nước phương Đông, thơ hành không thiếu. Ở Việt

    Nam , có bài khá nổi tiếng như Sở kiến hành của Nguyễn Du. Tuy nhiên ,nhìn chung , số

    lượng vẫn khá ít ối với những bài thơ khác. Bẵng đi thời gian khá dài , ở nước ta những

    năm cuối của phong trào Thơ mới bỗng xuất hiện nhiều bài hành của các nhà thơ Thâm

    Tâm (Tống biệt hành, Can trường hành, Vọng nhân hành). Nhiều bài thơ của các ông dù

    không có chữ hành ở tựa đề nhưng vẫn cùng chung một giọng điệu. Cả ba vốn là bạn bè

    thân thiết nên có người gọi đây là trường phái thơ hành, bên cạnh các trường phái thơ

    Loạn ,thơ Say,thơ Đạo …thời ấy.

    Sau năm 1954, ở miền Nam ,cũng có một vài nhà thơ trẻ làm thơ hành như Hoàng Lộc,

    Duynh Trầm Ca… Thơ của họ, tuy nội dung có khác, nhưng gần gũi với các bậc “tiền

    bối” ở cái giọng kiêu bạc, khinh đời:

    • Chẳng lẽ giận đời đi uống rượu Mà say chưa chắc đã quên đời Và chưa chắc ấm sầu xa xứ

    Đỏ mặt hoàng hôn cũng hổ người

    (Hoàng Lộc)

    Rượu cuối năm gió lọt lòng ly

    Vọng tiếng hú ma Hời buồn quê cũ

    Đêm viễn xứ vang vang pháo nổ

    Giao thừa giao thừa hề ta lăn quay

    Rượu hết làm sao chết giữa cơn say…

    (Đuynh Trầm Ca)

    Nói mông lung như vậy đẻ thấy không thể đơn giản khẳng định Tống biệt hành của Thâm

    Tâm là bài thơ theo thể hành thời trước ,bởi nào ai chỉ ra thi pháp của thể thơ ấy như kiểu

    thơ luật Đường hay văn biền ngẫu …Có giống chãng chỉ là nhà thơ mượn chữ hành

    thường tỏ ra khá phóng túng ,như muốn nói cho bằng hết ý mình ,mà đó thường là những

    điều khó nói,khó được chấp nhận .Ví như bài Lũng Tây hành của Trần Đào là một mặt

    trái của chuyện đời:

    Quên mình, thề giết Hung Nô

    Năm ngoái tướng sĩ bụi Hồ vùi thân.

    Bên sông Vô Định xương tàn,

    Vẫn người trong giấc mộng xuân khuê phòng.

    (Trần Trọng San dịch)

    Hay Nguyễn Bính, nhà thơ đồng quê nhưng với Hành phương Nam lại tỏ ra khá ngang

    tàng, kiêu bạc:

    Rãy ruồng châu ngọc, thù son phấn

    Mắt đỏ lên rồi cứ chết ngay

    Hỡi ơi nhiếp chính mà băm mặt

    Giữa chợ ai khóc mà nhân thay

    Rõ ràng, thơ hành của Thâm Tâm, Nguyễn Bính, Trần Huyền Trân là thơ hành của chính

    các ông, những nhà thơ Mới bởi vậy mới đượm chút bâng khuâng khó hiểu của thời đại.

    Chuyện Tống Biệt

    Tống biệt là chuyện muôn thuở , đề tài quen thuộc của văn chương. Nhưng với Thâm

    Tâm ,chuyện tống biệt chừng như khác . Đấy không phải là chuyện Lưu Trần và Nguyễn

    Triệu rời Thiên Thai có Suối tiễn oanh đưa tiễn ngậm ngùi ( Tản Đà -Tống biệt ).Cũng

    không phải là sự ra đi vì Non sông đã chết thêm nhục ,Hiền thánh còn đâu học cũng hoài

    ( Phan Bội Châu – Lưu biệt xuất dương ) ,hay ra đi mà lòng hẹn quyết : Đấng trượng phu

    tuỳ ngộ nhi nan…Non sông ấy chờ ta thêu đặc dệt.Kìa tụ tán chẳng qua là tiêu biểu (

    Huỳnh Thúc Kháng-Bài ca lưu biệt ) .Người ra đi ở tống biệt hành có phần gần gũi với

    khách chinh phu trong Tiếng gọi bên sông của Thế Lữ:

    Ta đi theo đuổi bước tương lai,

    Đẻ lại bên sông kẻ ngậm ngùi

    Chí nặng bốn phương trời nước rộng,

    Từ nay thêm bận nỗi thương ai.

    Những chỉ gần mà không giống. Cách nhau độ năm, mười năm mà đã thế, làm sao bảo li

    khách có “họ hàng” với chàng Kinh Kha ở nước Yên cả ngàn năm trước?

    Ra đi là một mô típ không chỉ trong văn chương mà trước hết là trong đời sống của

    không ít thanh niên Việt Nam thời kỳ 1930-1945. Đi đã trở thành nhu cầu .Vì lí do gì ư?

    Nhiều lắm ! Ngay ở một nhà thơ của Hoa niên vẫn không hiếm những câu:

    Những ngày nghỉ học tôi hay tới

    Đón chuyến tàu đi đến những ga

    Tôi đứng bơ vơ xem tiễn biệt,

    Lòng buồn đau xót nỗi chia xa.

    ( Tế Hanh -Những ngày nghỉ học )

    Vì sao có chuyện kỳ cục ấy? Người trong cuộc giải thích:

    Kẻ về không nói bước vương vương…

    Thương nhớ lan xa mấy dặm trương.

    Lẽo đẽo tôi về theo bước họ

    Tâm hồn ngơ ngẩn nhó muôn phương.

    Những năm 40 của thế kỷ trước , đi càng trở nên bức bách khi mà bao câu hỏi cứ xoáy

    mãi trong lòng họ:

    Ôi ! Ta đã làm chi đời ta?

    Ai đã làm chi lòng ta ?

    ……………………………………

    Ta đã làm chi đời ta xưa?

    Ta đã dùng chi đời ta chưa?

    Thiên thu? ngờ sự nghiệp!

    Chiều mưa rồi đêm mưa;

    Gió lùa gian gác xép,

    Đời tàn trong ngõ hẹp.

    ( Vũ Hoàng Chương – Đời tàn trong ngõ hẹp )

    Với các nhà thơ trường phái thơ hành, nỗi đời còn bức bách hơn. Trần Huyền Trân gào

    thét:

    Thế rồi thí bỏ rủi may

    Đưa giam cõi bụi, đứa đày rừng sâu

    Vai cày chẳng kẻo làm trâu

    Giong xe chẳng kẻo tóc râu làm bờm

    Nẻo về chật chội áo cơm

    Dặm đi lại đông từng cơm lá rừng…

    (Độc hành ca )

    Đi không đòng nghĩa với sung sướng. Nhưng là sự giải thoát với khỏi thực tại: Kinh

    thành mây đỏ như son, Cái lồng chật chội giam con chim trời (Trần Huyền Trân-Vô đề).

    Người đi có phần bất chấp:

    Mơ gì Áp tiết thiên văn tự,

    Giày cỏ gươm cùn ta đi đây.

    (Nguyễn Bính –Hành phương Nam )

    Sau này, khi nhiều người thắc mắc về người đi trong bài thơ của mình (cũng là một cuộc

    ra đi từ trước năm 1945), Nguyễn Đình Thi giải thích: Người ra đi này cũng không phải

    là tác giả hoặc một người cụ thể -người ấy ra đi ,có thể đi làm cách mạng, hoặc vì một lẽ

    khác , vì một bi kịch riêng… Dù sao đấy cũng là một người bỏ nơi ở, bỏ nơi mình đang

    quen sống để ra đi, người ấy có nhiều nông nổi, nhiều tâm trạng… (Đỗ Tiến Bảng -Về

    bài thơ Đất Nước ,Văn nghệ ,số 53/1994).

    Trường hợp Thâm Tâm ,trong số những bài thơ ít ỏi trước năm 1945, chuyện ra đi không

    chỉ nói ở Tống biệt hành . Ở Tráng ca (1994), có Bọn ta một lớp lìa nhà. Ở Can trường

    hành (1944), có chàng là bậc trẻ không biết sợ… Vợ con thí tất cho thiên hạ… Ta lênh

    đênh hoài sâu biết mấy! Còn trước đó, vào năm 1940, người ra đi với bao quyết tâm:

    Trời hỡi ! Mai này tôi phải đi

    Thơ này rồi chẳng đọc ai nghe

    Đời nhiều nhưng có dăm người bạn

    Thì viễn li không có đường về

    ……………………………………………

    Ngày mai ngược gió tôi đi ngược

    Ai có quan tâm gọi trở về

    Trời hỡi ,ngày mai ngày mốt thôi

    Ngày mai cay đắng nhất li bôi…

    ( Ngược gió )

    Đến năm 1944, chuyện ra đi lại đặt ra ở một bài thơ mang tên Lưu biệt hẳn hoi mà người

    đi lại rất cụ thể:

    Tiệc này đêm cuối mai chia li

    Anh cố lưu tôi có ích gì

    ………………………………….

    Đất trời rộng quá tôi không chịu

    Cắm chặt sông đây một cánh bè

    ……………………………………………

    Sáng mai qua bến Ninh Cơ lạnh

    Sẽ thấy se lòng trận gió tê

    Giọng đàn lưu luyến làm chi nữa

    Tôi quyết đi rồi tôi phải đi .

    Cách đây không lâu, nhiều người đã tìm các tư liệu khá cụ thể về cuộc chia li và li khách

    ở bài thơ Tống biệt hành. Rất tiếc, các tư liệu ấy, có độ tin cậy cao (một người bạn thân

    của Thâm Tâm, một người là nhà văn cùng thời), nhưng lại trái ngược nhau. Tôi đồ rằng,

    sẽ còn những phát hiện như thế nữa. Song tất cả các phát hiện ấy càng khiến việc tiếp cận

    bài thơ thêm khó khăn. Giả dụ rằng, không có cuộc chia tay với những con người cụ thể

    kia thì thế nào vẫn có Tống biệt hành, bởi muốn đi, quyết ra đi thật sự không ai khác là

    chính nhà thơ Thâm Tâm!

    Sao có tiếng sóng ở trong lòng?

    Chuyện ra đi là thế ,nhưng người ta bàn luận nhiều về Tống biệt hành có lẽ vì đây là bài

    thơ hay nhất của Thâm Tâm .

    Bài thơ mở đầu theo lối trực tiếp, như một thông báo, không nhiều lời:

    Đưa người, ta không đưa qua sông.

    Song, đây lại là câu mở đầu,khiến người ta liên tưởng rất xa. Đây là chuyện Kinh Kha

    ,người nước Tề , thời chiến quốc . Chàng vốn là kiếm khách nổi tiếng. Khi Tần sắp đem

    quân uy hiếp nước Yên , thái tử Đan nhờ Kinh Kha có làm bài dịch thuỷ (Bài ca sông

    Dịch) ,tỏ rõ quyết tâm của mình:

    Phong tiêu tiêu hề Dịch thuỷ hàn,

    Tráng sĩ nhất khứ hề bất phục hoàn.

    (Gió vi vu ,sông Dịch lạnh ,

    Tráng sĩ một đi không trở về).

    Việc hành thích Tần vương của Kinh Kha không thành .Chàng bị đam chết giữa cung

    điện Tần.Nhưng câu chuyện về Khinh Kha thíống mãi trong cuộc đời và văn chương. Đời

    Đường, Lạc Tần Vương có bài thơ Dịch thuỷ tống biệt nhắc chuyện Kinh Kha với bao

    cảm khái:

    Tích thời nhân dĩ một,

    Kim nhật thuỷ do hàn.

    (Người xưa đã khuất rồi.

    Nước sông còn lạnh buốt).

    Tống biệt hành gợi nhớ chuyện Kinh Kha ,song lưu ý mọi người đây không phải là

    chuyện xưa : Đưa người ,ta không đưa qua sông .Cuộc đưa tiễn không biết diễn ra tại đâu

    ,nhưng buồn hiu hắt ,chất đầy tâm trạng :

    Sao có tiếng sóng ở trong lòng?

    Bóng chiều không thắm ,không vàng vọt,

    Sao đầy hoàng hôn trong mắt trong?

    Dường như ngoại cảnh không liên quan gì tới tâm trạng :không có bờ sông dậy sóng

    nhưng trong lòng lại nổi phong ba ;buổi chiều bình yên nhưng trong mắt đẫm ánh tà

    dương !Cách diễn tả thật lạ lùng.Thông thường ,người ta hay lấy cảnh vật để tả nỗi lòng

    ,theo kiểu Người buồn cảnh có vui đâu bao giờ .Nhà thơ Mới Thâm Tâm thừa biết điều

    đó, nhưng đã làm theo chiều ngược lại.Trong bức tranh ngược sáng ây , tâm trạng nổi bật

    hẳn lên ,nỗi buồn ,sự tê tái mang vóc dáng ,hình thù hẳn hoi.

    Người ta hay bàn cãi ,nỗi buồn của ai đây ?Theo lô gíc hình thức, chắc chắn đây là nỗi

    buồn của người đưa tiễn .Người ấy đang nói , đang kể chuyện rành rành ra đó .Bởi vậy

    ,mới có những câu thơ tiếp theo :

    Đưa người ,ta chỉ đưa người ấy,

    Một gã gia đình, một dửng dưng…

    Chẳng lẽ ở trên nói người rađi rất u buồn ,liền sau đó lại khẳng định: không ,người ấy rất

    dửng dưng ?Từ đầu đến câu thơ này,tất cả đều diễn tả tâm trạng của người đưa

    tiễn.Nhưng nhân vật trung tâm lại là người ra đi: vì người ấy mà tôi buồn ;vì người ấy mà

    tôi đau;chỉ có một người ấy thôi!Khổ nỗi ,người ấy lại nhất quyết ra đi,không gì có thể

    cưỡng lại đuợc:

    • Li khách ! Li khách ! Con đường nhỏ,

    Chí nhớn chưa về bàn tay không,

    Thì không bao giờ nói trở lại!

    Ba năm ,mẹ già cũng đừng mong.

    Không ai biết lí do nào khiến người phải ra đi .Song , chắc đấy không là lí do đơn giản

    ,bình thường.Việc gì người ta phải đánh đuổi, kể cả nỗi lòng chờ mong của người mẹ

    thiêng liêng để ra đi , nếu đó không là lí do thật cao cả? Câu thơ vẫn theo điệu kể ,nhưng

    chủ thể lời nói thì chuyển dịch dần từ người đưa tiễn sang người ra đi ,từng lời ,từng lời

    ,một,thật rắn rỏi , việc ra đi khó lòng thay đổi ý định ở người ra đi :

    Ta biết người buồn chiều hôm trước :

    Bây giờ mùa hạ sen nở nốt,

    Một chị ,hai chị , cùng như sen,

    Khuyên nốt em trai dòng lệ sót.

    Ta biết người buồn sáng hôm nay:

    Giời chưa mùa thu ,tươi lắm thay,

    Em nhỏ ngây thơ , đôi mắt biếc,

    Gói tròn thương tiếc chiếc khăn tay…

    Chỗ dựa ấy là hoàn cảnh và tâm trạng của li kahchs .Về hoàn cảnh, người ấy có mẹ già và

    “một chị ,hai chị, cùng như sen” mùa hạ. Đông đấy ,nhưng vẫn lẻ loi , đơn chiếc .Người

    ấy có người “em nhỏ thơ ngây, đôi mắt biếc” đang rất nặng tình với mình ( ). Hoàn cảnh

    và tình cảm sâu nặng như thế ,ra đi lòng sao không trĩu nặng. Nhưng tình không lớn bằng

    nghĩa. Năm 1944, trong bài thơ Lưu biệt, Thâm Tâm thêm một lần nói rõ điều đó:

    Đời người say tỉnh được bao dịp

    Xin cạn chén rượu để tôi đi

    Đau tình không xót bằng đau nghĩa

    Tay gầy cũng ném chén vô tri

    Mắt xanh cùng gửi ngoài mưa gió

    Lòng không cùng sống với cầm thi…

    Người ấy vẫn cứ đi .Chỗ dựa đẻ níu kéo hoá ra không cầm giữ được

    Vì thế ,người trong cuộc ,dù biết rất rõ ,hiểu rất kỹ nhưng lòng vẫn bàng hoàng, ngơ

    ngác:

    Người đi? Ừ nhỉ,người đi thực!

    Mẹ già coi như chiếc lá bay,

    Chị thà coi như là hạt bụi,

    Em thà coi như hơi rượu say.

    Khi bàng hoàng, ngơ ngác trước một cuộc chia li thì người ra đi mãi mãi in dấu trong tâm

    hồn người ở lại và cuộc chia li vẫn như đang diễn ra. Bài thơ Tống biệt hành của Thâm

    Tâm khiến người đời nhớ mãi vì lẽ đó.

  • Văn mẫu Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng

    Văn mẫu Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng

    Văn mẫu Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng

    VĂN MẪU CHỌN LỌC LỚP 9

    Đề: Hãy phân tích bài Ngắm trăng.

    Bài làm

    Nói về con người và tâm hồn Bác, chúng ta biết Bác là nơi hội tụ những gì tốt đẹp

    nhất lưu lại từ quá khứ và những mơ ước tương lai, là kết tinh những phẩm chất

    quí giá của lịch sử và thời đại.

    Cho nên ở “Nhật kí trong tù” có bài hồn hậu, trong trẻo như thơ dân gian, nhưng

    cũng có bài trang trọng, bát ngát như thơ Đường, thơ Tống, cốt cách á đông mà

    vẫn hiện đại : Bài “Ngắm trăng” tiêu biểu về đặc sắc nghệ thuật này của thơ “Nhật

    kí trong tù” :

    Trong tù không rượu cũng không hoa

    Cảnh đẹp đêm nay khó hững hờ

    Người ngắm trăng soi ngoài cửa sổ

    Trăng nhòm khe cửa ngắm nhà thơ.

    Không biết tự bao giờ, ánh trăng đã toả sáng bàng bạc trong hầu hết những bài thơ

    phương Đông.

    Vẻ đẹp dịu dàng, đằm thắm, sâu xa của vầng trăng trở thành một “mô típ trữ tình”,

    bởi sự gần gũi với tâm hồn con người á đông – một sự hoà quện, đồng cảm tự bên

    trong giữa con người và thiên nhiên.

    Trong cái bát ngát lung linh của vầng trăng – khoảng trời, phải chăng con người

    lắng nghe và phát hiện ra cái chất người vĩnh cửu trong chính bản thân mình, trong

    sự im lặng mênh mang và huyền diệu của ánh trăng ?

    … Bác Hồ của chúng ta rất yêu thiên nhiên, tâm hồn và thơ của Người tràn đầy ánh

    trăng, ánh trăng rất sáng, rất trong, rất đẹp.

    Trong tù không rượu cũng không hoa

    Cảnh đẹp đêm nay khó hững hờ

    Trăng, hoa, rượu là những thú vui thanh cao của các thi nhân Đường, Tống ngày

    xưa.

    Nhưng trong hoàn cảnh nhà tù “không rượu cũng không hoa” mà Bác vẫn đến với

    trăng, thật là nghệ sĩ !

    Câu thơ thứ hai nói lên cái bồn chồn, náo nức của Bác trước ánh trăng, cái tha thiết

    tình yêu của tâm hồn Người với trăng.

    Hai câu thơ đầu cũng gợi lên một mâu thuẫn giữa tình yêu thiên nhiên của Bác và

    hoàn cảnh trong tù, giữa cảm hứng dạt dào, bay bổng, tràn đầy và thực tại xích

    xiềng, thiếu thốn.

    Nếu đầu tiên, bài thơ mở ra một hình ảnh thi nhân ngày xưa, một không khí thơ

    Đường, thơ Tống : ánh trăng, rượu, hoa một thi nhân biết bao nồng nàn tha thiết,

    say sưa với ánh trăng, thì bài thơ khép lại một cách bất ngờ và độc đáo trong tư thế

    vọng nguyệt của một người chiến sĩ.

    Chất thép và chất tình hoà quyện làm một. Bài thơ đậm đà chất phương Đông, cốt

    cách á đông, bỗng chốc rất hiện đại. Hình ảnh chiến sĩ lồng trong hình ảnh một thi

    sĩ đắm say thiên nhiên.

    Người ngắm trăng soi ngoài cửa sổ

    Trăng nhòm khe cửa ngắm nhà thơ

    Trăng và người trong mối giao cảm tri âm, tri kỉ.

    Người hướng ra ngoài song sắt để đến với trăng, và trăng theo người toả sáng vào

    trong tù.

    Con người và ánh trăng này rõ ràng là hết sức mới mẻ, hiện đại. Trăng và người

    như hai người bạn cùng yêu nhau, vượt qua các song sắt tàn bạo, cái hoàn cảnh khổ

    đau, ngăn trở của nhà tù.

    Nhất là trong hoàn cảnh cụ thể của người làm thơ, ánh trăng và tư thế vọng nguyệt

    kia biểu hiện chất thép của một người chiến sĩ cách mạng, đứng ở trên mọi gian

    khổ tù đày.

    Có thể nói rằng, Bác đã đưa ánh trăng toả sáng vào trong nhà tù hay chính tâm hồn

    người đã toả sáng trên vầng trăng của bài thơ này.

    Cùng một vầng trăng, mà biết bao mặc cảm, buông xuôi, chán chường trong thơ

    Nguyễn Khuyến “song thưa để mặc bóng trăng vào”, hay cái ngậm ngùi, thoát li

    của Tản Đà với “trần thế em nay chán nữa rồi”.

    Trong cái bát ngát của vầng trăng thơ Bác, chúng ta lắng nghe và phát hiện ra cái

    chất người vĩnh cửu : một tình yêu phóng khoáng, nồng nàn, say đắm thiên nhiên,

    cuộc sống ; một ý chí, một tinh thần cách mạng kiên cường luôn luôn hướng ra ánh

    sáng cuộc đời. ánh trăng của Người không chỉ bàng bạc những nỗi niềm, tấc lòng

    con người như thơ xưa, ánh trăng của Người gắn bó thiết tha với con người và toả

    ánh sáng ra cuộc đời, trong sự hoà nhập vẻ đẹp của con người và thiên nhiên.

    Con người yêu thiên nhiên, đón nhận thiên nhiên và mang vẻ đẹp thiên nhiên tô

    điểm cho cuộc sống của mình, từ tình yêu thiên nhiên thêm nguồn sức sống để

    chiến đấu cho hạnh phúc, vẻ đẹp của con người.

    Bài thơ ngân lên một chất thơ mới, rất hiện đại, chỉ có thể có được từ tâm hồn, từ

    nhân sinh quan cộng sản.

    Bài thơ là một sự vang hưởng giữa tâm hồn con người với thiên nhiên, sự vang

    hưởng làm tươi thắm và nảy nở những điều cao đẹp hơn, những hạt giống của hạnh

    phúc trong cuộc sống con người.

    Nói một cách khác, tình yêu này, sự rung cảm này, chất thơ này trở thành một

    nguồn năng lượng vô tận cho hành động, sức sống, đi suốt cuộc đời mỗi người.

  • Văn mẫu Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác

    Văn mẫu Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác

    Văn mẫu Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu lớp 9 Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác

     

    Văn mẫu lớp 10

     Tiểu sử Lê Hữu Trác

    BÀI LÀM

    Lê Hữu Trác (1720 – 1791) hiệu là Hải Thượng Lãn Ông, quê ở làng Liêu Xá,

    huyện Đường Hào (nay là huyện Mỹ Vǎn, tỉnh Hải Hưng).Hải Thượng Lãn ông tên thật là Lê Hữu Trác, quê tại thôn Văn Xá, làng Lưu Xá, huyện Ðường Hào, phủ Thượng Hồng, tỉnh Hải Dương (nay là xã Hoàng Hữu Nam, huyện Yên Mỹ, tỉnh Hải Hưng).Ông được biết đến là:

    • nhà y học có học vấn uyên bác;
    • nhà dược học nổi tiến, nhà thơ;
    • nhà vǎn xuất sắc;
    • nhà tư tưởng tiến bộ, thấm nhuần sâu sắc tinh thần nhân đạo, có ý chí độc lập sáng tạo trong nghiên cứu.

    Lê Hữu Trác xuất thân từ một gia đình (ông, cha, chú, bác, anh, em) đều học giỏi, đỗ cao, làm quan to của thời vua Lê chúa Trịnh. Cha là Lê Hữu Mưu đỗ đệ tam giáp tiến sĩ và làm quan dưới triều Lê Dụ Tôn tới bậc thượng thư. Mẹ là Bùi Thị Thưởng quê ở xứ Bầu Thượng, xã Tình Diệm, huyện Hương Sơn, tỉnh Hà Tĩnh.

    Biệt hiệu Hải Thượng do hai chữ đầu tiên tỉnh (Hải Dương) và tên phủ (Thượng Hồng), nhưng cũng có thể do chữ Bầu thượng là quê mẹ và là nơi Hải Thượng ở lâu nhất, từ năm 26 tuổi đến khi mất. Hải Thượng Lãn Ông có nghĩa là ông lười ở Hải Thượng. Nhưng thực tế chúng ta sẽ thấy lười ở đây là lười với công danh phú

    quý nhưng rất chăm chỉ đối với sự nghiệp chữa bệnh cứu người.

    Lúc nhỏ, Lê Hữu Trác theo cha lưu học ở thủ đô Thăng Long. Ngày còn đi học, Lê Hữu Trác đã nổi tiếng là học trò hay chữ, và đã thi vào tam trường.

    Năm 19 tuổi, cha mất sớm nên Lê Hữu Trác phải thôi học về nhà chịu tang. Lúc này khắp nơi nghĩa quân nổi lên chống chính sách hà khắc của chúa Trịnh, nhân dân rất khổ sở, nghĩa quân lại nổi ngay ở làng bên cạnh quê hương, nên không thể ngồi yên mà học được. Lê Hữu Trác đành xếp bút nghiên theo nghiệp kiếm cung.

    Rõ ràng đây là công việc không hợp ý Lê Hữu Trác. Cho nên khi được tin người anh mất, Lê Hữu Trác xin ra khỏi quân ngũ, lấy cớ về thay anh “nuôi mẹ già 70 tuổi và mấy cháu mồ côi” ở Hương Sơn.

    Về Hương Sơn không lâu thì Lê Hữu Trác bị ốm nặng trong vòng hai, ba năm liền chữa khắp nơi không khỏi. Chính trận ốm này là bước ngoặt quan trọng đối với cuộc đời của Lê Hữu Trác và nghề thuốc Việt nam. Sau nhiều năm tìm thầy chữa bệnh không kết quả, Lê Hữu Trác nhờ cáng đến nhà một thầy thuốc ở Rú Thành thuộc xã Trung Cần, huyện Thanh Chương (nay là xã Nam Trung, huyện Nam Ðàn, tỉnh Nghệ An) tên là Trần Ðộc thi đỗ cử nhân rồi ở nhà làm thuốc được nhân

    dân rất tín nhiệm.

    Qua hơn một năm ở nhà thầy thuốc, Lê Hữu Trác đã khỏi bệnh. Trong thời gian nằm chữa bệnh ở đây, những lúc rỗi rãi Lê Hữu Trác mượn bộ sách thuốc Phùng thi cẩm nang Trung quốc để đọc, phần lớn đều hiểu thấu, thầy thuốc Trần Ðộc lấy làm lạ và đã có ý muốn truyền đạt nghề mình cho Lê Hữu Trác. Mặc dù lúc này Lê Hữu Trác đã phát hiện thấy trên đời còn một công việc rất quan trọng đối với con người là bảo vệ sức khỏe, chữa bệnh cứu người nhưng cũng chưa quyết chí học thuốc. Lê Hữu Trác đã viết: “… Những chỗ ý nghĩa sâu xa về dịch lý âm dương trong sách thuốc, tôi đều hiểu thấu. Trần tiên sinh lấy làm lạ muốn đem hết cái hiểu biết về y học dạy cho tôi, nhưng lúc bấy giờ vì bận việc tôi chưa chú ý học…”.

    Ðến khi Lê Hữu Trác 30 tuổi, sức khỏe đã trở lại, tướng của chúa Trịnh cho người tới mời Lê Hữu Trác trở về quân ngũ, Lê Hữu Trác cố ý xin từ và lúc này mới quyết chí học thuốc. Lê Hữu Trác viết: “…Cái chí bon chen trong trường danh lợi mình đã vứt bỏ đi lâu rồi, nên xin cố từ, lấy cớ còn mẹ già không thể đi xa được. Và trở lại Hương Sơn làm nhà ở ven rừng quyết chí học thuốc, tìm đọc khắp các sách, đêm ngày mài miệt, tiếc từng giây phút”. Và từ đấy Lê Hữu Trác lấy biệt hiệu là Hải Thượng Lãn Ông.

    Vì nơi ở của Hải Thượng rất hẻo lánh, trên không có thầy giỏi để học, dưới không có bạn hiền giúp cho, Hải Thượng phải tự học là chính. Ðể việc học tập có kết quả

    hơn, Hải Thượng đã làm bạn với một thầy thuốc nữa cũng họ Trần ở làng Ðỗ Xá

    gần làng Tình Diệm để cùng nhau trao đổi những kiến thức thu thập được trong khi đọc sách.

    Do kiến thức rộng, chẩn bệnh kê đơn thận trọng cho nên Hải Thượng Lãn Ông đã chữa khỏi nhiều trường hợp khó mà người khác chữa không khỏi, tên tuổi Hải Thượng lan nhanh khắp nơi, tới tận thủ đô Thăng Long. Trong thời kỳ này, cùng với việc chữa bệnh Hải Thượng Lãn Ông đã mở trường đào tạo thầy thuốc, người quanh vùng và các nơi xa nghe tiếng đều tìm đến học. Lãn Ông lại tổ chức ra Hội y ??

    Vừa chữa bệnh, vừa dạy học, Hải Thượng Lãn Ông vừa biên soạn sách.

    Năm 62 tuổi, Hải Thượng Lãn Ông được chúa Trịnh Sâm triệu ra thủ đô Thăng Long để chữa bệnh cho con là Trịnh Cán.

    Không may cho Hải Thượng, ra thủ đô Thăng Long ở gần một năm trời, cả hai việc

    đều không thành: đến thủ đô, Hải Thượng được đưa vào khám bệnh ngay cho

    Trịnh Cán, nhưng đơn thuốc kê lên bị các thầy thuốc khác trong phủ chúa gièm pha

    và không được dùng. Sách thuốc cũng chẳng tìm được ai chịu trách nhiệm cho in.

    Nhưng cũng chính trong chuyến đi này, Hải Thượng đã rất vui mừng được biết

    sách thuốc của mình biên soạn không những đã được học trò sao chép dùng tại chỗ

    mà còn được đưa đi rất xa tới tận thủ đô và có người nhờ học sách thuốc của mình

    mà đã trở thành thầy thuốc giỏi ở thủ đô nên đã lập bàn thờ, thờ sống Hải Thượng để tỏ lòng nhớ ơn.

    Cuối năm đó (1782) Hải Thượng Lãn Ông trở lại Hương Sơn, tiếp tục dạy học, biên soạn thêm một số tập trong toàn bộ tác phẩm “Y tông tâm lĩnh” cho đến khi ông mất. Nhân dân táng mộ Hải Thượng ở chân núi Minh Từ, khe Nước cạn, cách thị trấn Phố Châu, huyện Hương Sơn 4km, hiện nay vẫn còn.

    Hải Thượng Lãn Ông được nhân dân đương thời chú ý và trọng vọng do tài chữa bệnh, dạy học, viết sách và làm thơ văn.

    Sau khi Hải Thượng Lãn Ông mất, cho đến ngày nay chúng ta biết, học tập và nhớ ơn Hải Thượng Lãn Ông là do tác phẩm “Y tông tâm lĩnh” nghĩa là những điều đã lĩnh hội được của những thầy thuốc trước. Hiện nay người ta gọi tác phẩm này là “Hải Thượng y tông tâm lĩnh”.

    Hải Thượng Lãn Ông – Lê Hữu Trác, thân thế và sự nghiệp, là niềm tự hào của dân tộc ta. Tuy sống cách ta hơn 250 năm, những tư tưởng và phương pháp tư tưởng tiến bộ cũng như thái độ khoa học chân chính của Hải Thượng Lãn Ông vẫn còn là bài học còn tính chất thời sự và rất quý báu đối với chúng ta ngày nay.

  • Văn mẫu lớp 9 Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn

    Văn mẫu lớp 9 Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn

    Văn mẫu lớp 9 Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Chứng minh văn học là tình thương


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu lớp 9 Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn

    Văn mẫu lớp 9: Liên kết câu và liên kết đoạn văn

    I.                 KIẾN THỨC CƠ BẢN

    Để hiểu thế nào là liên kết, em hãy thực hiện theo các yêu cầu:

    1. Đoạn văn sau đây bàn về vấn đề gì?

    Tác phẩm nghệ thuật nào cũng xây dựng bằng những vật liệu mượn ở thực tại (1).

    Nhưng nghệ sĩ không những ghi lại cái đã có rồi mà còn muốn nói một điều gì mới

    mẻ (2). Anh gửi vào tác phẩm một lá thư, một lời nhắn nhủ, anh muốn đem một

    phần của mình góp vào đời sống chung quanh (3).

    (Nguyễn Đình Thi, Tiếng nói của văn nghệ)

    Gợi ý: Đoạn văn bàn về vấn đề người nghệ sĩ phản ánh thực tại trong tác phẩm.

    1. Chủ đề của đoạn văn trên có quan hệ như thế nào với chủ đề chung của văn bản?

    Gợi ý: Chủ đề chung của văn bản là tiếng nói của văn nghệ. Chủ đề của đoạn văn

    trên nằm trong chủ đề chung của toàn văn bản, là một phần tạo nên chủ đề chung.

    3.                 Nội dung chính của mỗi câu trong đoạn văn trên là gì? Những nội dung ấy có quan hệ như thế nào với chủ đề của đoạn văn? Các câu đã được sắp xếp theo trình tự như thế nào?

    Gợi ý:

    – Nội dung chính của câu (1): Tác phẩm nghệ thuật phản ánh thực tại đời sống.

    – Nội dung chính của câu (2): Điều quan trọng là người nghệ sĩ phải nói cái mới mẻ.

    – Nội dung chính của câu (3): Những điều mới mẻ là sự gửi gắm của người nghệ sĩ

    đóng góp vào đời sống.

    Những nội dung của các câu đều xoay quanh chủ đề cách phản ánh đời sống của tác phẩm văn nghệ. Các câu được sắp xếp theo trình tự triển khai chủ đề của đoạn, câu sau nối tiếp ý của câu trước.

    4.                 Mối quan hệ chặt chẽ về nội dung giữa các câu trong đoạn văn trên được thể

    hiện bằng những biện pháp nào? (chú ý những từ ngữ in đậm).

    Gợi ý:

    • Sự lặp lại các từ: tác phẩm – tác phẩm;
    • Sử dụng các từ cùng trường liên tưởng: tác phẩm – nghệ sĩ, ghi lại – muốn nói – gửi vào – góp vào;
    • Thay thế: những vật liệu mượn ở thực tại = cái đã có rồi, nghệ sĩ = anh;
    • Dùng quan hệ từ: nhưng.
    1. Như vậy, các đoạn văn trong văn bản cũng như các câu trong đoạn văn phải có sự liên kết với nhau cả về nội dung và hình thức. Về nội dung, các đoạn văn trong văn bản hay các câu trong đoạn văn phải phục vụ chủ đề chung của văn bản hay của đoạn văn; các đoạn văn, các câu phải được sắp xếp theo một trình tự hợp lí. Về

    hình thức, các đoạn văn và các câu phải được liên kết với nhau bằng những biện

    pháp liên kết (lặp, liên tưởng, thế, nối…).

    II. RÈN LUYỆN KĨ NĂNG

     

    1. Đọc đoạn văn sau đây và cho biết các câu liên kết với nhau về mặt nội dung như

    thế nào.

    Cái mạnh của con người Việt Nam không chỉ chúng ta nhận biết mà cả thế giới đều

    thừa nhận là sự thông minh, nhạy bén với cái mới. Bản chất trời phú ấy rất có ích

    trong xã hội ngày mai mà sự sáng tạo là một yêu cầu hàng đầu. Nhưng bên cạnh

    cái mạnh đó cũng còn tồn tại không ít cái yếu. ấy là những lỗ hổng kiến thức cơ

    bản do thiên hướng chạy theo những môn học “thời thượng”, nhất là khả năng thực

    hành và sáng tạo bị hạn chế do lối học chay, học vẹt nặng nề.

    Không nhanh chóng lấp lỗ hổng này thì khó bề phát huy trí thông minh vốn có và

    không thể thích ứng với nền kinh tế mới chứa đựng đầy tri thức cơ bản và biến đổi

    không ngừng.

    (Vũ Khoan, Chuẩn bị hành trang vào thế kỉ mới)

    Gợi ý: Để phân tích được mối liên kết về nội dung giữa các câu trong đoạn, trước

    hết phải xác định được chủ đề của đoạn.

    Sau đó, xét xem nội dung của các câu trong đoạn văn phục vụ chủ đề ấy như thế

    nào và các câu được sắp xếp theo trình tự ra sao.

    Chủ đề của đoạn văn trên là khẳng định tư chất trí tuệ đồng thời chỉ ra điểm yếu

    mà người Việt Nam cần khắc phục để chuẩn bị cho thế kỉ mới.

    Các câu trong đoạn văn đều xoay quanh và triển khai chủ đề chung này.

    Các câu được sắp xếp theo một trình tự hợp lí, chặt chẽ, thể hiện được mạch phát

    triển lập luận: khẳng định thế mạnh à chỉ ra nhược điểm à đòi hỏi phải khắc phục

    nhược điểm.

    2. Phân tích liên kết về mặt hình thức giữa các câu trong đoạn văn trên.

     

    Gợi ý: Trong đoạn văn trên, người viết đã sử dụng những phép liên kết nào để liên

    kết các câu với nhau?

  • Văn mẫu Chứng minh văn học là tình thương

    Văn mẫu Chứng minh văn học là tình thương

    Văn mẫu Chứng minh văn học là tình thương

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu Chứng minh văn học là tình thương

    Văn mẫu lớp 9

     Chứng minh văn học là tình thương

    BÀI LÀM

    Từ khi xa xưa con người biết phản ánh tâm tư tình cảm của mình qua văn học truyền

    miệng hay trên những trang giấy, văn học đã trở thành người bạn thân thiết, gắn bó với

    con người. Nó là sợi dây liên kết vô hình khiến con người xích lại gần nhau hơn. Văn học

    giúp cho con người chung sống với nhau bằng tình cảm đẹp đẽ, sự sẻ chia và cảm thông.

    Vì thế ngay từ khi sinh ra, văn học và tình thương đã có mối quan hệ chặt chẽ: tình

    thương tạo nên sự hấp dẫn cho văn học và văn học có nhiệm vụ quan trọng là truyền tải

    tình thương.

    Văn học vô cùng quan trọng đối với cuộc sống tinh thần của con người. Nó là một bộ

    môn nghệ thuật có từ rất lâu đời, là công cụ giúp con người bày tỏ cảm xúc hay tình cảm

    của mình bằng những từ ngữ, kí hiệu và con dấu. Các tác phẩm văn học được làm nên từ

    các chất liệu có trong cuộc sống chính vì vậy chúng miêu tả được cuộc sống muôn hình

    vạn trạng một cách chân thực và chính xác hơn bất cứ ai. Văn học cũng chính là chiếc

    chìa khoá vàng mở rộng lòng nhân ái trong tâm hồn, phát triển nhân cách tốt đẹp. Văn

    học gồm nhiều thể loại tác phẩm nhgệ thuật như truyện ngắn, tự truyện, hồi kí hay tiểu

    thuyết,…

    Ta có thể nói văn học là nhân học, tức là nó có tính nhân văn. Văn học chứa đựng trong

    nó muôn vàn những tình cảm tốt đẹp giữa con người. Đó chính là tình thương. Nhưng cụ

    thể hơn, tình thương được thể hiện trong văn học khá sâu sắc và đa chiều. Chúng thể hiện

    những cung bậc cảm xúc khác nhau của con người. Đó cũng là khi những nhà văn, thi sĩ

    bộc lộ sự thương cảm xót xa sâu sắc đối với những mảnh đời, thân phận bất hạnh; phê

    phán gay gắt những việc làm sai trái và những kẻ chà đạp lên con người; hay là lời ca

    ngợi vẻ đẹp quê hương, thiên nhiên, đất nước.

    Văn học và tình thương gần như là hai khái niệm không thể tách rời, có quan hệ chặt chẽ

    với nhau. Văn học thể hiện tình thương trong nhiều mối quan hệ khác nhau. Ấm áp và

    thiết tha như tình cảm gia đình, cái nôi hình thành nhân phẩm đạo đức của mỗi người.

    Cũng vì vậy mà người xưa cũng rất coi trọng tình cảm thiêng liêng này và trân trọng đặt

    nó lên hàng đầu qua câu ca dao:

    “ Công cha như núi ngất trời,

    Nghĩa mẹ như nước ngời ngời biển Đông.”

    Công lao cao cả của người bố cùng tình thương vô bờ bến của người mẹ được so sánh với

    các hình ảnh hùng vĩ của thiên nhiên đã in sâu vào tâm trí nhũng người làm con giúp cho

    họ làm tròn chữ hiếu, đền đáp lại công ơn trời biển của cha mẹ. Còn trong văn học hiện

    đại, tác phẩm tiêu biểu mà ta đã được học là “ Trong lòng mẹ”. Bài văn thể hiện tình cảm

    trong sáng, sâu sắc của bé Hồng đối với người mẹ bất hạnh của mình. Bằng cả tâm hồn

    và tình yêu thương, em đã cố giữ cho hình ảnh người mẹ nhân hậu, hiền dịu không bị vấy

    bẩn bởi nhũng hủ tục và thành kiến thâm độc. Vì sao mà một cậu bé còn nhỏ đã có thể có

    tình thưong lớn lao và lòng tin tưởng tuyệt đối về người mẹ đến vậy?

    Tình cảm gia đình không chỉ có tình mẫu tử mà còn có tình anh em thắm thiết. Sau khi

    đọc tác phẩm “Bức tranh của em gái tôi” bạn có thể cảm nhận được tấm lòng khoan

    dung, sẵn sàng tha thứ cho người anh trai để rồi giúp cho người anh thức tỉnh khỏi sự

    ganh tị và ghen ghét. Cũng là tình cảm anh em nhưng bài “Cuộc chia tay của những con

    búp bê” lại thấm nặng tình nghĩa và cuộc chia ly đẫm nước mắt, buồn tủi của những đứa

    trẻ bất hạnh. Chũng yêu thương nhau biết bao thì lúc xa nhau càng đau đớn bấy nhiêu.

    Nỗi đau đấy đã để lại một ấn tượng sâu nặng trong lòng người đọc, khiến họ càng thêm

    xót xa và khâm phục tình cảm thiết tha của hai anh em Thành và Thủy.

    Không chỉ thế, văn học cũng góp phần khắc họa nên sự gần gũi, thân thiết và vui vẻ của

    tình bạn- một thứ tình cảm đẹp không hề vụ lợi, toan tính. Và đó chính là nhũng gì mà

    Nguyễn Khuyến đã miêu tả một cách chân thực trong bài thơ “ Bạn đến chơi nhà”. Mở

    đầu bài thơ là một câu chào hỏi vồn vã, thân tình như reo lên khi người bạn tri kỉ đến.

    Bằng một giọng văn hóm hỉnh, ông đã nêu lên những thiếu thốn về vật chất để khẳng

    định một tình bạn gắn bó giữa mình và bạn. Phải đó là một tình bạn cao đẹp vượt lên trên

    tất cả những tầm thường về vật chất và của cải để đến với nhau bằng tấm lòng.

    Ngoài tình thương đối với những người mà ta thân quen, văn học cũng ca gợi tình cảm

    giữa những người cùng chung sống trong một xã hội. Vì vây, “thương người như thể

    thương thân” từ lâu đã trở thành một truyền thống dạo lý của người Việt Nam.

    Văn học ca ngợi tình cảm đẹp và đồng thời cũng phê phán những việc làm, hành động

    hay những kẻ chà đạp lên con người. Văn học luôn lên án gay gắt những kẻ chỉ biết nghĩ

    tới bản thân mà thờ ơ với mạng sống của người khác. Nhân vật điển hình mà học sinh đã

    được học là viên quan phụ mẫu trong bài “Sống chết mắc bay”. Hắn là một con người tàn

    nhẫn đến độ có thể bình thản mà ngồi chơi bài trong khi mưa bão đang cướp đi mạng

    sống của những người dân đen. Tiếng thét kinh hoàng hòa cùng với tiếng gió giật, mưa rít

    vẫn không làm bậc “quan cha mẹ” bận lòng. Câu chuyện kết thúc cũng là lúc quan thắng

    ván bài, tất cả mọi thứ đều chìm trong biển nước. Nụ cười hả hê, phi nhân nghĩa của quan

    vang lên càng xoáy sâu vào lòng người đọc sự thương cảm, xót xa đến tột độ đến những

    con người bất hạnh. Câu chuyện “Cô bé bán diêm” đã nhẹ nhàng đi vào lòng người đọc

    bởi hiện lên từng trang sách là hình ảnhcủa một em bé mồ côi nghèo khổ không được

    sống trong vòng tay yêu thương của gia đình. Cảnh ngộ đó còn đáng thương hơn khi con

    người xung quanh cũng lạnh giá như mùa đông khắc nghiệt. Câu chuyện đã tố cáo một

    cách kín đáo sự thờ ơ và vô tâm của xã hội lúc bấy giờ đã đẩy những con người nghèo

    khổ vào bước đường cùng.

    Và ngay với những kẻ gian ác xảo quyệt, dối trá cũng vậy văn học quyết không nương

    tay với chúng. Như trong chuyện Lí Thông cuối cùng cái thiện cũng thắng cái ác, hai mẹ

    con Lí Thông bị biến thành những con bọ hung suốt ngày chui rúc nhũng chốn bẩn thỉu

    cho đến cuối đời vì những tội ác chúng đã gây ra.

    Văn học nước ngoài cũng góp phần làm phong phú thêm kho tàng tình cảm của con

    người. Đặc biệt nó ca ngợi cả tình cảm đẹp giữa những người không cùng ruột già máu

    mủ. Và O’henri đã chỉ rõ cho ta thấy điều đó qua tác phẩm “Chiếc lá cuối cùng”. Khi

    Giôn-xi bị ốm, Xiu cùng cụ Bơ-men đã hết lòng chăm sóc mong giành lại cô khỏi cái

    chết đang đến gần. Cụ Bơ-men tuy chỉ xuất hiện rất ít nhưng lại để lại ấn tượng sâu sắc

    nhất. Cụ yêu thương Giôn-xi như con gái mình và sẵn sàng hi sinh mạng sống của mình

    để cứu Giôn-xi khỏi những suy nghĩ tuyệt vọng đang kéo cô xa dần cuộc sống thực tại.

    Văn học trau dồi tình thương, gợi cảm xúc cho con người, làm cho họ gắn bó với nhau.

    Có người đã từng nói “Tình cảm của con người cũng giống một viên kim cương thô mà

    nhờ có văn chương “mài nhẵn” mới trở thành viên đá quý đẹp gấp vạn lần”. Đọc các tác

    phẩm văn học ta thấy gần hơn với những nhân vật trong chuyện và từ đó biết lắng nghe,

    rung động, cảm thông, chia sẻ. Đó là bước đi đầu để hình nhân phẩm đạo đức và từ đó có

    những suy nghĩ, hành động đúng. Quả thật không sai, như M.Gorki đã từng nói “xét đến

    cùng, ý nghĩa thực sự của văn học là nhân đạo hóa con người”. Nhờ thế, văn học không

    chỉ dừng lại ở giá trị văn chương mà còn được mở rộng thành những viên gạch đầu tiên

    xây đắp ngôi nhà của tình thương giữa con người với con người trong xã hội.

    Từ tất cả những dẫn chững trên ta càng thấy văn học và tình thương gắn bó chặt chẽ với

    nhau đến chừng nào. Bởi lẽ tình thương khởi nguồn cho văn học và làm cơ sở để văn học

    tiếp tục truyền tải tình thương. Văn học và tình thương hòa quyện vào nhau và tạo nên

    những điều tốt đẹp nhất cho con người giúp con người phát triển theo một định hướng

    chung để ngày một hoàn thiện. Có vậy, con người mới có thể cùng nhau chung sống

    trong tình yêu thương.

  • Văn mẫu Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim

    Văn mẫu Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim

    Văn mẫu Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Văn mẫu Cảm nghĩ của em về câu tục ngữ: “Học đi đôi với hành”


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Văn mẫu Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim

    Văn mẫu lớp 9

     Chứng minh câu Có công mài sắt, có ngày nên kim

    BÀI LÀM

    Trên đời này chẳng có một kết quả lớn nhỏ nào tự nhiên mà có, tất thảy đều được

    tạo ra từ những sự cố gắng không ngừng. Sức mạnh của sự kiên trì được nhân dân

    ta đúc kết trong câu tục ngữ thật hay: Có công mài sắt có ngày nên kim.

    Bằng việc nêu ra sự đối lập ghê gớm giữa thanh sắt to lớn, xù xì và cây kim bé nhỏ

    mà tinh xảo, tác giả dân gian xưa đã nêu bật tác dụng to lớn của sự kiên trì cố gắng

    không mệt mỏi của con người để đạt tới thành công. Điều đó đã được chứng minh

    qua rất nhiều tấm gương trong cuộc sống.

    Nước Việt Nam ta là một nước nhỏ bé, những ngày đầu kháng chiến chống Pháp

    và chống Mĩ tiềm lực kinh tế, quân sự chưa mạnh, nhưng nhờ tinh thần trường kì

    kháng chiến, không sợ gian khổ hy sinh, sau ba mươi năm ta đã chiến thắng vẻ

    vang.

    Trong lĩnh vực học tập rèn luyện, cũng có nhiều tấm gương kiên trì phấn đấu. Xưa

    có bậc danh nho Nguyễn Siêu, văn hay chữ tốt đến mức được người đời tôn làm

    “Thần Siêu”. Nhưng mấy ai biết rằng thuở đi học, chữ ông viết rất xấu, mấy lần

    ông đỗ chưa cao chỉ vì chữ xấu, hại đến văn hay. Khi làm qian, điều khiến ông đau

    đớn nhất là chỉ vì chữ xấu mà khi ông phê án khiến kẻ dưới luận sai, làm một

    người đàn bà vô tội thua kiện. Từ đó, ông quyết chí rèn chữ. Viết chữ nho phải viết

    bằng bút lông, tay phải vừa khéo vừa vững gân tay. Ông kiên trì tập vạch từng nét

    sổ, nét ngang, nét mác, nét uốn câu,… Nét nào ông cũng phải tập viết hàng ngàn

    lần, kì cho sắc nét mới tập vào chữ, từ những chữ đơn giản đến những chữ phức

    tạp. Tập không kể ngày đêm, tay có lúc cứng đờ, tê buốt. Sau nhiêu tháng năm,

    chữ ông viết tuyệt đẹp, còn được giữ lại không ít lưu bút ở đền Ngọc Sơn. Ngày

    nay, học sinh lớp hai nào mà không biết tấm gương của thầy giáo Nguyễn Ngọc Kí

    qua bài Tập đọc. Ngay từ khi còn nhỏ, căn bệnh bại liệt đã cướp đi đôi tay của

    thầy. Nguyễn Ngọc Kí vẫn đến lớp, lặng lẽ ngồi trên chiếc chiếu ở góc lớp, dùng

    chân kẹp cây bút, tập đưa những nét chữ nguệch ngoạc trên giấy trắng. Nhưng anh

    không nản chí, cứ tập mãi, tập mãi, gò lưng mà tập, chân đau nhớc, anh vẫn không

    thôi. Cuối cùng anh không chỉ viết chữ đẹp mà vẽ được rất chính xác các bài toán

    Hình học phức tạp, các hình vẽ các cơ quan trong cơ thể người của môn Sinh học.

    Học xong phổ thông, Anh học Khoa Văn Đại học Tổng hợp Hà Nội. Giờ đây anh

    đã trở thành thầy giáo. Thầy không chỉ truyền cho học trò tri thức mà cả tinh thần

    cần cù, nhẫn lại tuyệt vời.

    Những công trình khoa học ra đời đâu phải chỉ nhờ tài năng, phần lớn còn phải nhờ

    lòng nhẫn nại. Giáo sư Tiến sĩ Lương Đình Của từ những hạt thóc giống quý báu

    đem từ Nhật về, mất hàng chục năm, trải qua hàng ngàn thí nghiệm lai tạo, ông đã

    đem lại những giống lúa phù hợp với thổ nhưỡng Việt Nam và cho năng xuất cao.

    Hai vợ chồng nhà bác học Pi-e Quy-ri và Ma-ri Quy-ri đã miệt mài nghiên cứu, kì

    công lọc đi lọc lại tám tấn quặng để tìm ra một phần mười gam chất phóng xạ ra-

    đi-um, khai phá một nền khoa học có sức mạnh ghê gớm khi đem phục vụ lợi ích

    hoà bình nhân loại.

    Nhận thức sâu sắc giá trị mạnh mẽ của lòng kiên nhẫn, thơ văn của chúng ta cũng

    đã viết nên những câu chuyện đầy ý nghĩa. Truyện ngụ ngôn Mài sắt nên kim là

    một trong số đó. Một cậu bé cứ sờ đến sách là ngại vì chữ viết thì khó mà bài thì

    dài. Cậu đâm lười học, ham chơi. Ngày ngày lang thang ngoài đường, lúc nào cậu

    cũng gặp bà lão ngồi bên vệ đường kiên trì mài thanh sắt cứng. Cậu bé rất ngạc

    nhiên khi bà lão nói một câu đầy tự tin: “Ta mài thanh sắt này để có chiếc kim nhỏ

    bé”. Cậu hiểu ra rằng chỉ có lòng nhẫn nại mới giúp người ta thành công trong

    cuộc sống, từ đó cậu chăm chỉ học hành. Ngụ ngôn của nhà thơ nổi tiếng la-phông-

    ten cũng cho chúng ta một bài học thú vị khi chú rùa chậm chạp, nhưng cực kì

    chăm chỉ, miệt mài tha cái mai nặng trên lưng đi liên tục không nghỉ, cuối cùng đã

    thắng chú thỏ lười biếng.

    Việc bình thường đã vậy, việc lớn lao như sự nghiệp cách mạng gian nan, cuộc đời

    buôn ba bốn biển năm châu hoạt động cứu nước của Bác Hồ cũng được Bác viết

    lên trong bài thơ Đi đường:

    Đi đường mới biết gian lao,

    Núi cao rồi lại núi cao trập trùng.

    Núi cao lên đến tận cùng,

    Thu vào tầm mắt muôn trùng nước non.

    Đó quả là bài học thấm thía về lòng kiên trì sắt đá của người chiến sĩ cách mạng.

    Thế mới biết ở trên đời phàm việc lớn, việc nhỏ, muốn thành công không thể thiếu

    tinh thần cần cù, chịu khó, kiên trì, nhẫn nại. Một nhà bác học cũng đã từng nói:

    “Thiên tài chỉ do một phần trăm là bẩm sinh còn chín mươi chín phần trăm là sự

    cần cù”. Càng ngẫm về câu tục ngữ, nhớ lại những tấm gương trên, em càng thấy

    lòng kiên trì, nhẫn nại của mình thật còn quá mỏng, làm sao mà em có thể học tốt

    được.

    Các nhà bác học, các vị lãnh tụ, sự nghiệp của họ cao như quả núi ngất trời nhưng

    họ vẫn không bao giờ buông lơi sự nỗ lực, miệt mài trong cả cuộc đời đất thôi. Em

    không thể buông xuôi được.